Automatic Transmission: Section

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 344

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION

C TRANSMISSION/TRANSAXLE

B
SECTION
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AT

E
CONTENTS
APPLICATION NOTICE .............................................. 5 Fail-safe .................................................................. 42 F
How to Check Vehicle Type ..................................... 5 How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and
INDEX FOR DTC ........................................................ 6 Accurate Repair ...................................................... 44
Alphabetical Index .................................................... 6 A/T Electrical Parts Location .................................. 49 G
DTC No. Index ......................................................... 7 Circuit Diagram ....................................................... 50
PRECAUTIONS .......................................................... 8 Inspections Before Trouble Diagnosis .................... 51
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System Check Before Engine is Started .............................. 55
H
(SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TEN- Check at Idle ........................................................... 55
SIONER” .................................................................. 8 Cruise Test - Part 1 ................................................. 59
Precautions for Battery Service ................................ 8 Cruise Test - Part 2 ................................................. 62
Precautions for On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System Cruise Test - Part 3 ................................................. 63 I
of A/T and Engine .................................................... 8 Vehicle Speed at When Gears Shifting Occurs ...... 64
Precautions .............................................................. 9 Vehicle Speed at Which Lock-up Occurs/Releases... 64
Service Notice or Precautions ................................ 10 Symptom Chart ....................................................... 65 J
PREPARATION ..........................................................11 TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values ........... 89
Special Service Tools ..............................................11 CONSULT-II Function (A/T) .................................... 90
Commercial Service Tools ...................................... 12 Diagnostic Procedure Without CONSULT-II ......... 102
K
A/T FLUID ................................................................. 13 DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE ............ 106
Changing A/T Fluid ................................................ 13 Description ............................................................ 106
Checking A/T Fluid ................................................. 13 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 106
A/T Fluid Cooler Cleaning ...................................... 15 Possible Cause ..................................................... 106 L
A/T CONTROL SYSTEM .......................................... 18 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 106
Cross-sectional View .............................................. 18 Wiring Diagram — AT — CAN .............................. 107
Shift Mechanism ..................................................... 19 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 108 M
TCM Function ......................................................... 30 DTC P0615 START SIGNAL CIRCUIT ................... 109
CAN Communication .............................................. 31 Description ............................................................ 109
Input/Output Signal of TCM .................................... 31 CONSULT-II Reference Value .............................. 109
Line Pressure Control ............................................ 32 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 109
Shift Control ........................................................... 33 Possible Cause ..................................................... 109
Lock-up Control ...................................................... 35 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 109
Engine Brake Control ............................................. 36 Wiring Diagram — AT — STSIG / Type 1 ............. 110
Control Valve .......................................................... 36 Wiring Diagram — AT — STSIG / Type 2 ..............111
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM ............ 38 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 112
Introduction ............................................................ 38 DTC P0700 TCM ..................................................... 114
OBD-II Function for A/T System ............................. 38 Description ............................................................ 114
One or Two Trip Detection Logic of OBD-II ............ 38 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 114
OBD-II Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ................. 38 Possible Cause ..................................................... 114
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ........................... 41 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 114
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS ............................................ 42 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 114
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ................................ 42 DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH. 115

Revision: 2006 November AT-1 2006 350Z


Description ............................................................ 115 DTC P1710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR
CONSULT-II Reference Value .............................. 115 CIRCUIT .................................................................. 137
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 115 Description ............................................................ 137
Possible Cause ..................................................... 115 CONSULT-II Reference Value ............................... 137
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 115 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 137
Wiring Diagram — AT — PNP/SW ....................... 116 Possible Cause ..................................................... 137
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 117 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 137
DTC P0717 TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR .... 119 Wiring Diagram — AT — FTS ............................... 138
Description ............................................................ 119 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 139
CONSULT-II Reference Value .............................. 119 Component Inspection .......................................... 141
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 119 DTC P1721 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR ....... 142
Possible Cause ..................................................... 119 Description ............................................................ 142
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 119 CONSULT-II Reference Value ............................... 142
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 120 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 142
DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REV- Possible Cause ..................................................... 142
OLUTION SENSOR) ............................................... 121 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 142
Description ............................................................ 121 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 143
CONSULT-II Reference Value .............................. 121 DTC P1730 A/T INTERLOCK ................................. 144
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 121 Description ............................................................ 144
Possible Cause ..................................................... 121 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 144
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 121 Possible Cause ..................................................... 144
Wiring Diagram — AT — VSSA/T ......................... 123 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 144
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 124 Judgement of A/T Interlock ................................... 145
DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL ................... 126 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 145
Description ............................................................ 126 DTC P1731 A/T 1ST ENGINE BRAKING ............... 147
CONSULT-II Reference Value .............................. 126 Description ............................................................ 147
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 126 CONSULT-II Reference Value ............................... 147
Possible Cause ..................................................... 126 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 147
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 126 Possible Cause ..................................................... 147
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 127 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 147
DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 148
SOLENOID VALVE ................................................. 128 DTC P1752 INPUT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE . 149
Description ............................................................ 128 Description ............................................................ 149
CONSULT-II Reference Value .............................. 128 CONSULT-II Reference Value ............................... 149
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 128 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 149
Possible Cause ..................................................... 128 Possible Cause ..................................................... 149
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 128 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 149
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 129 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 150
DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION (LOCK-UP). 130 DTC P1754 INPUT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
Description ............................................................ 130 FUNCTION .............................................................. 151
CONSULT-II Reference Value .............................. 130 Description ............................................................ 151
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 130 CONSULT-II Reference Value ............................... 151
Possible Cause ..................................................... 130 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 151
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 130 Possible Cause ..................................................... 151
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 131 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 151
DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE. 132 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 152
Description ............................................................ 132 DTC P1757 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE ... 153
CONSULT-II Reference Value .............................. 132 Description ............................................................ 153
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 132 CONSULT-II Reference Value ............................... 153
Possible Cause ..................................................... 132 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 153
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 132 Possible Cause ..................................................... 153
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 133 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 153
DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR ....... 134 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 154
Description ............................................................ 134 DTC P1759 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE
CONSULT-II Reference Value .............................. 134 FUNCTION .............................................................. 155
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 134 Description ............................................................ 155
Possible Cause ..................................................... 134 CONSULT-II Reference Value ............................... 155
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 134 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 155
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 135 Possible Cause ..................................................... 155

Revision: 2006 November AT-2 2006 350Z


DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 155 DTC P1841 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 1 ............... 174
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 156 Description ............................................................ 174 A
DTC P1762 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE. 157 CONSULT-II Reference Value .............................. 174
Description ........................................................... 157 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 174
CONSULT-II Reference Value .............................. 157 Possible Cause ..................................................... 174 B
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 157 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 174
Possible Cause .................................................... 157 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 175
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 157 DTC P1843 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 3 ............... 176
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 158 Description ............................................................ 176 AT
DTC P1764 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE CONSULT-II Reference Value .............................. 176
FUNCTION .............................................................. 159 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 176
Description ........................................................... 159 Possible Cause ..................................................... 176 D
CONSULT-II Reference Value .............................. 159 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 176
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 159 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 177
Possible Cause .................................................... 159 DTC P1845 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 5 ............... 178 E
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 159 Description ............................................................ 178
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 160 CONSULT-II Reference Value .............................. 178
DTC P1767 HIGH AND LOW REVERSE CLUTCH On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 178
SOLENOID VALVE ................................................. 161 Possible Cause ..................................................... 178 F
Description ........................................................... 161 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 178
CONSULT-II Reference Value .............................. 161 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 179
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 161 DTC P1846 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 6 ............... 180 G
Possible Cause .................................................... 161 Description ............................................................ 180
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 161 CONSULT-II Reference Value .............................. 180
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 162 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 180 H
DTC P1769 HIGH AND LOW REVERSE CLUTCH Possible Cause ..................................................... 180
SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION ............................. 163 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 180
Description ........................................................... 163 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 181
I
CONSULT-II Reference Value .............................. 163 MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT. 182
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 163 Wiring Diagram — AT — MAIN ............................ 182
Possible Cause .................................................... 163 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 183
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 163 CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION AND WIDE OPEN J
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 164 THROTTLE POSITION CIRCUIT ............................ 186
DTC P1772 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID CONSULT-II Reference Value .............................. 186
VALVE ..................................................................... 165 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 186 K
Description ........................................................... 165 BRAKE SIGNAL CIRCUIT ...................................... 187
CONSULT-II Reference Value .............................. 165 CONSULT-II Reference Value .............................. 187
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 165 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 187 L
Possible Cause .................................................... 165 A/T INDICATOR CIRCUIT ....................................... 188
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 165 Description ............................................................ 188
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 166 CONSULT-II Reference Value .............................. 188
DTC P1774 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 188 M
VALVE FUNCTION ................................................. 167 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS ............ 189
Description ........................................................... 167 Wiring Diagram — AT — NONDTC / Type 1 ........ 189
CONSULT-II Reference Value .............................. 167 Wiring Diagram — AT — NONDTC / Type 2 ........ 192
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 167 A/T Check Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On .... 195
Possible Cause .................................................... 167 Engine Cannot Be Started in “P” or “N” Position . 195
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 167 In “P” Position, Vehicle Moves When Pushed ...... 196
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 168 In “N” Position, Vehicle Moves .............................. 197
DTC P1815 MANUAL MODE SWITCH .................. 169 Large Shock (“N” to “D” Position) ......................... 198
Description ........................................................... 169 Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward in “R” Position. 201
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward in “D” Position . 204
. 169 Vehicle Cannot Be Started from D1 ...................... 206
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 169 A/T Does Not Shift: D1 → D2 ................................ 209
Possible Cause .................................................... 169 A/T Does Not Shift: D2 → D3 ................................ 211
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 169 A/T Does Not Shift: D3 → D4 ................................ 214
Wiring Diagram — AT — MMSW ......................... 170 A/T Does Not Shift: D4 → D5 ................................ 216
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 172 A/T Does Not Perform Lock-up ............................ 219
Component Inspection ......................................... 173 A/T Does Not Hold Lock-up Condition .................. 221

Revision: 2006 November AT-3 2006 350Z


Lock-up Is Not Released ...................................... 223 OVERHAUL ............................................................. 277
Engine Speed Does Not Return to Idle ................ 224 Components .......................................................... 277
Cannot Be Changed to Manual Mode .................. 225 Oil Channel ........................................................... 283
A/T Does Not Shift: 5th Gear → 4th Gear ............ 226 Locations of Adjusting Shims, Needle Bearings,
A/T Does Not Shift: 4th Gear → 3rd Gear ............ 228 Thrust Washers and Snap Rings .......................... 284
A/T Does Not Shift: 3rd Gear → 2nd Gear ........... 230 DISASSEMBLY ....................................................... 285
A/T Does Not Shift: 2nd Gear → 1st Gear ............ 232 Disassembly .......................................................... 285
Vehicle Does Not Decelerate by Engine Brake .... 234 REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS ...................... 302
SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM .................................... 236 Oil Pump ............................................................... 302
Control Device Removal and Installation .............. 236 Front Sun Gear, 3rd One-way Clutch .................... 305
Control Rod Removal and Installation .................. 237 Front Carrier, Input Clutch, Rear Internal Gear ..... 307
Adjustment of A/T Position ................................... 238 Mid Sun Gear, Rear Sun Gear, High and Low
Checking of A/T Position ...................................... 238 Reverse Clutch Hub .............................................. 312
A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM ..................................... 239 High and Low Reverse Clutch .............................. 317
Description ............................................................ 239 Direct Clutch ......................................................... 319
Shift Lock System Electrical Parts Location ......... 239 ASSEMBLY ............................................................. 321
Wiring Diagram — AT — SHIFT / Type 1 ............. 240 Assembly (1) ......................................................... 321
Wiring Diagram — AT — SHIFT / Type 2 ............. 241 Adjustment ............................................................ 333
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 242 Assembly (2) ......................................................... 335
KEY INTERLOCK CABLE ...................................... 245 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) .... 343
Components ......................................................... 245 General Specifications .......................................... 343
Removal and Installation ...................................... 246 Vehicle Speed at Which Gear Shifting Occurs ...... 343
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE .......................................... 248 Vehicle Speed at Which Lock-up Occurs/Releases.343
Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Stall Speed ............................................................ 343
Sensor 2 ............................................................... 248 Line Pressure ........................................................ 343
Parking Components ............................................ 260 A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor .............................. 344
Rear Oil Seal ........................................................ 267 Turbine Revolution Sensor .................................... 344
Revolution Sensor ................................................ 268 Vehicle Speed Sensor A/T (Revolution Sensor) ... 344
AIR BREATHER HOSE ........................................... 273 Reverse Brake ...................................................... 344
Removal and Installation ...................................... 273 Total End Play ....................................................... 344
TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY ................................ 274
Removal and Installation ...................................... 274

Revision: 2006 November AT-4 2006 350Z


APPLICATION NOTICE

APPLICATION NOTICE PFP:00000


A
How to Check Vehicle Type NCS001RT

Check the vehicle identification number (chassis number).


Identification number (chassis number) Service information B
For serial
● JN1AZ34D300001 – JN1AZ34D330000
AT
● JN1AZ34E350001 – JN1AZ34E380000 Type 1
● JN1AZ36D400001 – JN1AZ36D430000
● JN1AZ36A450001 – JN1AZ36A480000 D
From serial
● JN1AZ34D330001 –
● JN1AZ34E380001 – Type 2 E
● JN1AZ36D430001 –
● JN1AZ36A480001 –
F

Revision: 2006 November AT-5 2006 350Z


INDEX FOR DTC

INDEX FOR DTC PFP:00024

Alphabetical Index NCS00017

NOTE:
If DTC “U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT” is displayed with other DTCs, first perform the trouble diagnosis
for “DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE”. Refer to AT-106 .
DTC
Items OBD-II Except OBD-II
Reference page
(CONSULT-II screen terms) CONSULT-II CONSULT-II
GST*1 only “A/T”
A/T 1ST E/BRAKING — P1731 AT-147
ATF PRES SW 1/CIRC — P1841 AT-174
ATF PRES SW 3/CIRC — P1843 AT-176
ATF PRES SW 5/CIRC — P1845 AT-178
ATF PRES SW 6/CIRC — P1846 AT-180
A/T INTERLOCK P1730 P1730 AT-144
A/T TCC S/V FNCTN P0744 * 2 P0744 AT-130
ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC P0710 P1710 AT-137
CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1000 U1000 AT-106
D/C SOLENOID/CIRC P1762 P1762 AT-157
D/C SOLENOID FNCTN P1764 P1764 AT-159
ENGINE SPEED SIG P0725 P0725 AT-126
FR/B SOLENOID/CIRC P1757 P1757 AT-153
FR/B SOLENOID FNCT 2 P1759 AT-155
P1759 *
HLR/C SOL/CIRC P1767 P1767 AT-161
HLR/C SOL FNCTN P1769 *2 P1769 AT-163
I/C SOLENOID/CIRC P1752 P1752 AT-149
I/C SOLENOID FNCTN P1754 *2 P1754 AT-151
L/PRESS SOL/CIRC P0745 P0745 AT-132
LC/B SOLENOID/CIRC P1772 P1772 AT-165
LC/B SOLENOID FNCT 2 P1774 AT-167
P1774 *
MANU MODE SW/CIRC — P1815 AT-169
PNP SW/CIRC P0705 P0705 AT-115
STARTER RELAY/CIRC — P0615 AT-109
TCC SOLENOID/CIRC P0740 P0740 AT-128
TCM P0700 P0700 AT-114
TP SEN/CIRC A/T P1705 P1705 AT-134
TURBINE REV S/CIRC P0717 P0717 AT-119
VEH SPD SE/CIR-MTR — P1721 AT-142
VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT P0720 P0720 AT-121

*1 : These numbers are prescribed by SAE J2012.


*2 : These malfunctions cannot be displayed MIL if another malfunction is assigned to MIL.

Revision: 2006 November AT-6 2006 350Z


INDEX FOR DTC

DTC No. Index NCS00018

A
NOTE:
If DTC “U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT” is displayed with other DTCs, first perform the trouble diagnosis
for “DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE”. Refer to AT-106 .
B
DTC
OBD-II Except OBD-II Items
Reference page
CONSULT-II (CONSULT-II screen terms)
CONSULT-II AT
GST*1 only “A/T”
— P0615 STARTER RELAY/CIRC AT-109
P0700 P0700 TCM AT-114 D
P0705 P0705 PNP SW/CIRC AT-115
P0710 P1710 ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC AT-137
E
P0717 P0717 TURBINE REV S/CIRC AT-119
P0720 P0720 VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT AT-121
P0725 P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIG AT-126 F
P0740 P0740 TCC SOLENOID/CIRC AT-128

P0744 *2 P0744 A/T TCC S/V FNCTN AT-130


G
P0745 P0745 L/PRESS SOL/CIRC AT-132
P1705 P1705 TP SEN/CIRC A/T AT-134
— P1721 VEH SPD SE/CIR-MTR AT-142 H
P1730 P1730 A/T INTERLOCK AT-144
— P1731 A/T 1ST E/BRAKING AT-147
I
P1752 P1752 I/C SOLENOID/CIRC AT-149

P1754 *2 P1754 I/C SOLENOID FNCTN AT-151


P1757 P1757 FR/B SOLENOID/CIRC AT-153 J
P1759 *2 P1759 FR/B SOLENOID FNCT AT-155
P1762 P1762 D/C SOLENOID/CIRC AT-157
K
P1764*2 P1764 D/C SOLENOID FNCTN AT-159
P1767 P1767 HLR/C SOL/CIRC AT-161
2 P1769 HLR/C SOL FNCTN AT-163
L
P1769 *
P1772 P1772 LC/B SOLENOID/CIRC AT-165

P1774 *2 P1774 LC/B SOLENOID FNCT AT-167 M


— P1815 MANU MODE SW/CIRC AT-169
— P1841 ATF PRES SW 1/CIRC AT-174
— P1843 ATF PRES SW 3/CIRC AT-176
— P1845 ATF PRES SW 5/CIRC AT-178
— P1846 ATF PRES SW 6/CIRC AT-180
U1000 U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT AT-106

*1 : These numbers are prescribed by SAE J2012.


*2 : These malfunctions cannot be displayed MIL if another malfunction is assigned is to MIL.

Revision: 2006 November AT-7 2006 350Z


PRECAUTIONS

PRECAUTIONS PFP:00001

Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT
BELT PRE-TENSIONER” NCS00019

The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Man-
ual.
WARNING:
● To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death
in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be per-
formed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
● Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to per-
sonal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air
Bag Module, see the SRS section.
● Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or
harness connectors.
Precautions for Battery Service NCS0001A

Before disconnecting the battery, lower both the driver and passenger windows. This will prevent any interfer-
ence between the window edge and the vehicle when the door is opened/closed. During normal operation, the
window slightly raises and lowers automatically to prevent any window to vehicle interference. The automatic
window function will not work with the battery disconnected.
Precautions for On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of A/T and Engine NCS0001B

The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to warn the
driver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION:
● Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the battery cable from the negative termi-
nal before any repair or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, sole-
noid valves, etc. Will cause the MIL to light up.
● Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
cause the MIL to light up due to an open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
dirt, bent terminals, etc.)
● Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. Interference of the harness with a
bracket, etc. May cause the MIL to light up due to a short circuit.
● Be sure to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube
may cause the MIL to light up due to a malfunction of the EGR system or fuel injection system, etc.
● Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the TCM and
ECM before returning the vehicle to the customer.

Revision: 2006 November AT-8 2006 350Z


PRECAUTIONS

Precautions NCS0001C

A
● Before connecting or disconnecting the A/T assembly har-
ness connector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect
the battery cable from the negative terminal. Because bat-
tery voltage is applied to TCM even if ignition switch is B
turned OFF.

AT

D
SEF289H

● After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform E


“DTC Confirmation Procedure”.
If the repair is completed the DTC should not be displayed
in the “DTC Confirmation Procedure”.
F

SEF217U
H
● Always use the specified brand of ATF. Refer to MA-12, "Fluids and Lubricants" .
● Use lint-free paper not cloth rags during work.
I
● After replacing the ATF, dispose of the waste oil using the methods prescribed by law, ordinance, etc.
● Before proceeding with disassembly, thoroughly clean the outside of the A/T. It is important to prevent the
internal parts from becoming contaminated by dirt or other foreign matter.
J
● Disassembly should be done in a clean work area.
● Use lint-free paper or towels for wiping parts clean. Common shop rags can leave fibers that could inter-
fere with the operation of the A/T. K
● Place disassembled parts in order for easier and proper assembly.
● All parts should be carefully cleaned with a general purpose, non-flammable solvent before inspection or
reassembly. L
● Gaskets, seals and O-rings should be replaced any time the A/T is disassembled.
● It is very important to perform functional tests whenever they are indicated.
● The valve body contains precision parts and requires extreme care when parts are removed and serviced. M
Place disassembled valve body parts in order for easier and proper assembly. Care will also prevent
springs and small parts from becoming scattered or lost.
● Properly installed valves, sleeves, plugs, etc. will slide along bores in valve body under their own weight.
● Before assembly, apply a coat of recommended ATF to all parts. Apply petroleum jelly to protect O-rings
and seals, or hold bearings and washers in place during assembly. Do not use grease.
● Extreme care should be taken to avoid damage to O-rings, seals and gaskets when assembling.
● Clean or replace ATF cooler of excessive foreign material is found in oil pan or clogging strainer. Refer to
AT-10, "ATF COOLER SERVICE" .
● After overhaul, refill the A/T with new ATF.
● When the A/T drain plug is removed, only some of the ATF is drained. Old ATF will remain in torque con-
verter and ATF cooling system.
Always follow the procedures under “Changing A/T Fluid” in the AT section when changing A/T fluid. Refer
to AT-13, "Changing A/T Fluid" , AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" .

Revision: 2006 November AT-9 2006 350Z


PRECAUTIONS

Service Notice or Precautions NCS0001D

ATF COOLER SERVICE


If ATF contains frictional material (clutches, bands, etc.), or if an A/T is repaired, overhauled, or replaced,
inspect and clean the A/T fluid cooler mounted in the radiator or replace the radiator. Flush cooler lines using
cleaning solvent and compressed air after repair. For A/T fluid cooler cleaning procedure, refer to AT-15, "A/T
Fluid Cooler Cleaning" . For radiator replacement, refer to CO-13, "RADIATOR" .
OBD-II SELF-DIAGNOSIS
● A/T self-diagnosis is performed by the TCM in combination with the ECM. The results can be read through
the blinking pattern of the A/T CHECK indicator or the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL). Refer to the table
on AT-92, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" for the indicator used to display each self-diagnostic
result.
● The self-diagnostic results indicated by the MIL are automatically stored in both the ECM and TCM mem-
ories.
Always perform the procedure on AT-39, "HOW TO ERASE DTC" to complete the repair and avoid
unnecessary blinking of the MIL.
For details of OBD-II, refer to EC-47, "ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM" .
● Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use the new style slide-
locking type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-130, "HAR-
NESS CONNECTOR" .

Revision: 2006 November AT-10 2006 350Z


PREPARATION

PREPARATION PFP:00002
A
Special Service Tools NCS0001F

The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Tool number B
(Kent-Moore No.) Description
Tool name

ST2505S001 Measuring line pressure


AT
(J-34301-C)
Oil pressure gauge set
1. ST25051001
( — ) D
Oil pressure gauge
2. ST25052000
( — )
Hose E
3. ST25053000
( — )
Joint pipe
4. ST25054000 SCIA3695J F
( — )
Adapter
5. ST25055000
( — ) G
Adapter
KV31103600 Measuring line pressure
(J-45674) H
Joint pipe adapter
(With ST25054000)

ZZA1227D

ST33400001 ● Installing rear oil seal J


(J-26082) ● Installing oil pump housing oil seal
Drift
a: 60 mm (2.36 in) dia.
b: 47 mm (1.85 in) dia. K

NT086
L
KV31102400 Installing reverse brake return spring retainer
(J-34285 and J-34285-87)
Clutch spring compressor
a: 320 mm (12.60 in) M
b: 174 mm (6.85 in)

NT423

ST25850000 Remove oil pump assembly


(J-25721-A)
Sliding hammer
a: 179 mm (7.05 in)
b: 70 mm (2.76 in)
c: 40 mm (1.57 in)
d: M12X1.75P
NT422

Revision: 2006 November AT-11 2006 350Z


PREPARATION

Commercial Service Tools NCS0001G

Tool name Description

Power tool Loosening bolts and nuts

PBIC0190E

Drift Installing manual shaft oil seals


a: 22 mm (0.87 in) dia.

NT083

Revision: 2006 November AT-12 2006 350Z


A/T FLUID

A/T FLUID PFP:KLE40


A
Changing A/T Fluid NCS0001H

1. Warm up ATF.
2. Stop engine. B
3. Loosen the level gauge bolt.
4. Drain ATF from drain plug and refill with new ATF. Always refill
same volume with drained ATF. AT
● To replace the ATF, pour in new ATF at the A/T fluid charging
pipe with the engine idling and at the same time drain the old
ATF from the radiator cooler hose return side. D
● When the color of the ATF coming out is about the same as
the color of the new ATF, the replacement is complete. The
amount of new ATF to use should be 30 to 50% increase of E
the stipulated amount.
SCIA4896E

ATF: Genuine NISSAN Matic J ATF


Fluid capacity: 10.3 (10-7/8 US qt, 9-1/8 lmp qt) F

CAUTION:
● Use only Genuine NISSAN Matic J ATF. Do not mix with other ATF.
G
● Using ATF other than Genuine NISSAN Matic J ATF will cause deterioration in driveability and A/
T durability, and may damage the A/T, which is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited
warranty.
H
● When filling ATF, take care not to splash heat generating parts such as exhaust with ATF.

● Do not reuse drain plug gasket.

Drain plug: I

: 34 N·m (3.5 kg-m, 25 ft-lb)


5. Run engine at idle speed for 5 minutes. J
6. Check A/T fluid level and condition. Refer to AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" . If ATF is still dirty, repeat step 2.
through 5.
7. Install the removed A/T fluid level gauge in the A/T fluid charging pipe. K
8. Tighten the level gauge bolt.
Level gauge bolt: L
: 5.1 N·m (0.52 kg-m, 45 in-lb)

Checking A/T Fluid NCS0001I M


1. Warm up engine.
2. Check for A/T fluid leakage.
3. Loosen the level gauge bolt.
4. Before driving, A/T fluid level can be checked at A/T fluid tem-
peratures of 30 to 50°C (86 to 122°F) using “COLD” range on A/
T fluid level gauge as follows.
a. Park vehicle on level surface and set parking brake.
b. Start engine and move selector lever through each gear posi-
tion. Leave selector lever in “P” position.
c. Check A/T fluid level with engine idling.
d. Remove A/T fluid level gauge and wipe clean with lint-free
paper.
CAUTION: SCIA7120E
When wiping away the A/T fluid level gauge, always use
lint-free paper, not a cloth one.

Revision: 2006 November AT-13 2006 350Z


A/T FLUID

e. Re-insert A/T fluid level gauge into A/T fluid charging pipe as far as it will go.
CAUTION:
To check A/T fluid level, insert the A/T fluid level gauge until the cap contacts the end of the A/T
fluid charging pipe, with the A/T fluid level gauge reversed from the normal attachment conditions.
f. Remove A/T fluid level gauge and note reading. If reading is at low side of range, add ATF to the A/T fluid
charging pipe.
CAUTION:
Do not overfill.
5. Drive vehicle for approximately 5 minutes in urban areas.
6. Make the A/T fluid temperature approximately 65°C (149°F).
NOTE:
A/T fluid level will be greatly affected by temperature as shown in the figure. Therefore, be certain
to perform operation while checking data with CONSULT-II.

SLIA0016E

a. Connect CONSULT-II to data link connector. Refer to GI-36, "CONSULT-II Start Procedure" .
b. Select “MAIN SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
c. Read out the value of “ATF TEMP 1”.
7. Re-check A/T fluid level at A/T fluid temperatures of approximately 65°C (149°F) using “HOT” range on A/
T fluid level gauge.
CAUTION:
● When wiping away the A/T fluid level gauge, always use lint-free paper, not a cloth one.

● To check A/T fluid level, insert the A/T fluid level gauge
until the cap contacts the end of the A/T fluid charging
pipe, with the A/T fluid level gauge rotated from the nor-
mal attachment conditions as shown.
8. Check A/T fluid condition.
● If ATF is very dark or smells burned, check operation of A/T.
Flush cooling system after repair of A/T.
● If ATF contains frictional material (clutches, bands, etc.),
replace radiator and flush cooler line using cleaning solvent
and compressed air after repair of A/T. Refer to CO-13,
"RADIATOR" and AT-15, "A/T Fluid Cooler Cleaning" . SCIA2899E

9. Install the removed A/T fluid level gauge in the A/T fluid charging pipe.

Revision: 2006 November AT-14 2006 350Z


A/T FLUID

10. Tighten the level gauge bolt.


A
Level gauge bolt:
: 5.1 N·m (0.52 kg-m, 45 in-lb)
B

AT

SCIA4896E

D
A/T Fluid Cooler Cleaning NCS0001J

Whenever an A/T is replaced, the A/T fluid cooler mounted in the radiator must be inspected and cleaned.
Metal debris and friction material, if present, can become trapped in the A/T fluid cooler. This debris can con- E
taminate the newly serviced A/T or, in severe cases, can block or restrict the flow of ATF. In either case, mal-
function of the newly serviced A/T may result.
Debris, if present, may build up as ATF enters the cooler inlet. It will be necessary to back flush the cooler
through the cooler outlet in order to flush out any built up debris. F

A/T FLUID COOLER CLEANING PROCEDURE


1. Position an oil pan under the A/T inlet and outlet cooler hoses.
G
2. Identify the inlet and outlet A/T fluid cooler hoses.
3. Disconnect the A/T fluid cooler inlet and outlet rubber hoses
from the steel cooler tubes or bypass valve. H
NOTE:
Replace the cooler hoses if rubber material from the hose
remains on the tube fitting.
I
4. Allow any ATF that remains in the cooler hoses to drain into the
oil pan.
J

SCIA3830E

K
5. Insert the extension adapter hose of a can of Transmission
Cooler Cleaner (Nissan P/N 999MP-AM006) into the cooler out-
let hose. L
CAUTION:
● Wear safety glasses and rubber gloves when spraying
the Transmission Cooler Cleaner.
M
● Spray Transmission Cooler Cleaner only with adequate
ventilation.
● Avoid contact with eyes and skin.

● Do not breath vapors or spray mist.


SCIA3831E
6. Hold the hose and can as high as possible and spray Transmis-
sion Cooler Cleaner in a continuous stream into the cooler outlet hose until ATF flows out of the cooler
inlet hose for 5 seconds.

Revision: 2006 November AT-15 2006 350Z


A/T FLUID

7. Insert the tip of an air gun into the end of the cooler outlet hose.
8. Wrap a shop rag around the air gun tip and of the cooler outlet
hose.
9. Blow compressed air regulated to 5 to 9 kg/cm2 (70 to 130 psi)
through the cooler outlet hose for 10 seconds to force out any
remaining ATF.
10. Repeat steps 5 through 9 three additional times.
11. Position an oil pan under the banjo bolts that connect the A/T
fluid cooler steel lines to the A/T.
12. Remove the banjo bolts. SCIA3832E

13. Flush each steel line from the cooler side back toward the A/T
by spraying Transmission Cooler Cleaner in a continuous stream for 5 seconds.
14. Blow compressed air regulated to 5 to 9 kg/cm2 (70 to 130 psi) through each steel line from the cooler
side back toward the A/T for 10 seconds to force out any remaining ATF.
15. Ensure all debris is removed from the steel cooler lines.
16. Ensure all debris is removed from the banjo bolts and fittings.
17. Perform AT-16, "A/T FLUID COOLER DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE" .
A/T FLUID COOLER DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
NOTE:
Insufficient cleaning of the cooler inlet hose exterior may lead to inaccurate debris identification.
1. Position an oil pan under the A/T inlet and outlet cooler hoses.
2. Clean the exterior and tip of the cooler inlet hose.
3. Insert the extension adapter hose of a can of Transmission
Cooler Cleaner (Nissan P/N 999MP-AM006) into the cooler out-
let hose.
CAUTION:
● Wear safety glasses and rubber gloves when spraying
the Transmission Cooler Cleaner.
● Spray Transmission Cooler Cleaner only with adequate
ventilation.
● Avoid contact with eyes and skin.

● Do not breath vapors or spray mist.


SCIA3831E
4. Hold the hose and can as high as possible and spray Transmis-
sion Cooler Cleaner in a continuous stream into the cooler outlet hose until ATF flows out of the cooler
inlet hose for 5 seconds.
5. Tie a common white, basket-type coffee filter to the end of the
cooler inlet hose.

SCIA3833E

Revision: 2006 November AT-16 2006 350Z


A/T FLUID

6. Insert the tip of an air gun into the end of the cooler outlet hose.
7. Wrap a shop rag around the air gun tip and end of cooler outlet A
hose.
8. Blow compressed air regulated to 5 to 9 kg/cm2 (70 to 130 psi)
through the cooler outlet hose to force any remaining ATF into B
the coffee filter.
9. Remove the coffee filter from the end of the cooler inlet hose.
10. Perform AT-17, "A/T FLUID COOLER INSPECTION PROCE- AT
DURE" .
SCIA3834E

D
A/T FLUID COOLER INSPECTION PROCEDURE
1. Inspect the coffee filter for debris.
a. If small metal debris less than 1 mm (0.040 in) in size or metal E
powder is found in the coffee filter, this is normal. If normal
debris is found, the A/T fluid cooler/radiator can be re-used and
the procedure is ended.
F

SCIA2967E

b. If one or more pieces of debris are found that are over 1 mm H


(0.040 in) in size and/or peeled clutch facing material is found in
the coffee filter, the A/T fluid cooler is not serviceable. The A/T
fluid cooler/radiator must be replaced and the inspection proce- I
dure is ended. Refer to CO-13, "RADIATOR" and CO-18,
"RADIATOR (ALUMINUM TYPE)" .
J

SCIA7031E
K

A/T FLUID COOLER FINAL INSPECTION


After performing all procedures, ensure that all remaining oil is cleaned from all components. L

Revision: 2006 November AT-17 2006 350Z


A/T CONTROL SYSTEM

A/T CONTROL SYSTEM PFP:31036

Cross-sectional View NCS0001K

SCIA5262E

1. Front planetary gear 2. Mid planetary gear 3. Rear planetary gear


4. Direct clutch 5. High and low reverse clutch 6. Reverse brake
7. Drum support 8. Forward brake 9. Low coast brake
10. Input shaft 11. Torque converter 12. Oil pump
13. Front brake 14. 3rd one-way clutch 15. Input clutch
16. 1st one-way clutch 17. Control valve with TCM 18. Forward one-way clutch
19. Rear extension 20. Output shaft

Revision: 2006 November AT-18 2006 350Z


A/T CONTROL SYSTEM

Shift Mechanism NCS0001L

A
The A/T uses compact triple planetary gear systems to improve power transmission efficiency, simplify con-
struction and reduce weight.
It also employs an optimum shift control and super wide gear ratios. They improve starting performance and
acceleration during medium and high-speed operation. B
CONSTRUCTION
AT

H
PCIA0002J

1. Front brake 2. Input clutch 3. Direct clutch


4. High and low reverse clutch 5. Reverse brake 6. Forward brake
I
7. Low coast brake 8. 1st one-way clutch 9. Forward one-way clutch
10. 3rd one-way clutch 11. Front sun gear 12. Input shaft
J
13. Mid internal gear 14. Front internal gear 15. Rear carrier
16. Rear sun gear 17. Mid sun gear 18. Front carrier
19. Mid carrier 20. Rear internal gear 21. Output shaft
K
22. Parking gear 23. Parking pawl

FUNCTION OF CLUTCH AND BRAKE


Name of the Part Abbreviation Function L
Front brake (1) FR/B Fastens the front sun gear (11).
Connects the input shaft (12), the front internal gear (14) and the mid internal
Input clutch (2) I/C
gear (13).
M
Direct clutch (3) D/C Connects the rear carrier (15) and the rear sun gear (16).
High and low reverse clutch (4) HLR/C Connects the mid sun gear (17) and the rear sun gear (16).
Reverse brake (5) R/B Fastens the rear carrier (15).
Forward brake (6) Fwd/B Fastens the mid sun gear (17).
Low coast brake (7) LC/B Fastens the mid sun gear (17).
Allows the rear sun gear (16) to turn freely forward relative to the mid sun gear
1st one-way clutch (8) 1st OWC
(17) but fastens it for reverse rotation.
Allows the mid sun gear (17) to turn freely in the forward direction but fastens it
Forward one-way clutch (9) Fwd OWC
for reverse rotation.
Allows the front sun gear (11) to turn freely in the forward direction but fastens
3rd one-way clutch (10) 3rd OWC
it for reverse rotation.

Revision: 2006 November AT-19 2006 350Z


A/T CONTROL SYSTEM

CLUTCH AND BAND CHART

SCIA6962E

Revision: 2006 November AT-20 2006 350Z


A/T CONTROL SYSTEM

POWER TRANSMISSION
“N” Position A
Since both the forward brake and the reverse brake are released, torque from the input shaft drive is not trans-
mitted to the output shaft.
B
“P” Position
● The same as for the “N” position, both the forward brake and the reverse brake are released, so torque
from the input shaft drive is not transmitted to the output shaft.
AT
● The parking pawl linked with the selector lever meshes with the parking gear and fastens the output shaft
mechanically.
D

PCIA0003J

1. Front brake 2. Input clutch 3. Direct clutch


J
4. High and low reverse clutch 5. Reverse brake 6. Forward brake
7. Low coast brake 8. 1st one-way clutch 9. Forward one-way clutch
10. 3rd one-way clutch 11. Front sun gear 12. Input shaft
K
13. Mid internal gear 14. Front internal gear 15. Rear carrier
16. Rear sun gear 17. Mid sun gear 18. Front carrier
19. Mid carrier 20. Rear internal gear 21. Output shaft L
22. Parking gear 23. Parking pawl

Revision: 2006 November AT-21 2006 350Z


A/T CONTROL SYSTEM

“D1 ” Position
● The forward brake and the forward one-way clutch regulate reverse rotation of the mid sun gear.
● The 1st one-way clutch regulates reverse rotation of the rear sun gear.
● The 3rd one-way clutch regulates reverse rotation of the front sun gear.
● During deceleration, the mid sun gear turns forward, so the forward one-way clutch idles and the engine
brake is not activated.

SCIA1512E

1. Front brake 2. Input clutch 3. Direct clutch


4. High and low reverse clutch 5. Reverse brake 6. Forward brake
7. Low coast brake 8. 1st one-way clutch 9. Forward one-way clutch
10. 3rd one-way clutch 11. Front sun gear 12. Input shaft
13. Mid internal gear 14. Front internal gear 15. Rear carrier
16. Rear sun gear 17. Mid sun gear 18. Front carrier
19. Mid carrier 20. Rear internal gear 21. Output shaft
22. Parking gear 23. Parking pawl

Revision: 2006 November AT-22 2006 350Z


A/T CONTROL SYSTEM

“M1” Position
● The front brake fastens the front sun gear. A
● The forward brake and the forward one-way clutch regulate reverse rotation of the mid sun gear.
● High and low reverse clutch connects the rear sun gear and the mid sun gear.
B
● The low coast brake fastens the mid sun gear.
● During deceleration, the low coast brake regulates forward rotation of the mid sun gear and the engine
brake functions.
AT

K
SCIA1513E

1. Front brake 2. Input clutch 3. Direct clutch


4. High and low reverse clutch 5. Reverse brake 6. Forward brake L
7. Low coast brake 8. 1st one-way clutch 9. Forward one-way clutch
10. 3rd one-way clutch 11. Front sun gear 12. Input shaft
13. Mid internal gear 14. Front internal gear 15. Rear carrier M
16. Rear sun gear 17. Mid sun gear 18. Front carrier
19. Mid carrier 20. Rear internal gear 21. Output shaft
22. Parking gear 23. Parking pawl

Revision: 2006 November AT-23 2006 350Z


A/T CONTROL SYSTEM

“D2 ” Position
● The forward brake and the forward one-way clutch regulate reverse rotation of the mid sun gear.
● The 3rd one-way clutch regulates reverse rotation of the front sun gear.
● The direct clutch is coupled, and the rear carrier and rear sun gear are connected.
● During deceleration, the mid sun gear turns forward, so the forward one-way clutch idles and engine
brake is not activated.

SCIA1514E

1. Front brake 2. Input clutch 3. Direct clutch


4. High and low reverse clutch 5. Reverse brake 6. Forward brake
7. Low coast brake 8. 1st one-way clutch 9. Forward one-way clutch
10. 3rd one-way clutch 11. Front sun gear 12. Input shaft
13. Mid internal gear 14. Front internal gear 15. Rear carrier
16. Rear sun gear 17. Mid sun gear 18. Front carrier
19. Mid carrier 20. Rear internal gear 21. Output shaft
22. Parking gear 23. Parking pawl

Revision: 2006 November AT-24 2006 350Z


A/T CONTROL SYSTEM

“M2” Position
● The front brake fastens the front sun gear. A
● The forward brake and the forward one-way clutch regulate reverse rotation of the mid sun gear.
● The direct clutch is coupled, and the rear carrier and rear sun gear are connected.
B
● The low coast brake fastens the mid sun gear.
● During deceleration, the low coast brake regulates forward rotation of the mid sun gear and the engine
brake functions.
AT

K
SCIA1515E

1. Front brake 2. Input clutch 3. Direct clutch


4. High and low reverse clutch 5. Reverse brake 6. Forward brake L
7. Low coast brake 8. 1st one-way clutch 9. Forward one-way clutch
10. 3rd one-way clutch 11. Front sun gear 12. Input shaft
13. Mid internal gear 14. Front internal gear 15. Rear carrier M
16. Rear sun gear 17. Mid sun gear 18. Front carrier
19. Mid carrier 20. Rear internal gear 21. Output shaft
22. Parking gear 23. Parking pawl

Revision: 2006 November AT-25 2006 350Z


A/T CONTROL SYSTEM

“D3 ” and “M3” Positions


● The front brake fastens the front sun gear.
● The direct clutch is coupled, and the rear carrier and rear sun gear are connected.
● The high and low reverse clutch is coupled, and the mid sun gear and rear sun gear are connected.

SCIA1516E

1. Front brake 2. Input clutch 3. Direct clutch


4. High and low reverse clutch 5. Reverse brake 6. Forward brake
7. Low coast brake 8. 1st one-way clutch 9. Forward one-way clutch
10. 3rd one-way clutch 11. Front sun gear 12. Input shaft
13. Mid internal gear 14. Front internal gear 15. Rear carrier
16. Rear sun gear 17. Mid sun gear 18. Front carrier
19. Mid carrier 20. Rear internal gear 21. Output shaft
22. Parking gear 23. Parking pawl

Revision: 2006 November AT-26 2006 350Z


A/T CONTROL SYSTEM

“D4 ” and “M4” Positions


● The direct clutch is coupled, and the rear carrier and rear sun gear are connected. A
● The high and low reverse clutch is coupled, and the mid sun gear and rear sun gear are connected.
● The input clutch is coupled, and the front internal gear and mid internal gear are connected.
B
● The drive power is conveyed to the front internal gear, mid internal gear, and rear carrier and the three
planetary gears rotate forward as one unit.

AT

SCIA1517E
K
1. Front brake 2. Input clutch 3. Direct clutch
4. High and low reverse clutch 5. Reverse brake 6. Forward brake
7. Low coast brake 8. 1st one-way clutch 9. Forward one-way clutch L
10. 3rd one-way clutch 11. Front sun gear 12. Input shaft
13. Mid internal gear 14. Front internal gear 15. Rear carrier
16. Rear sun gear 17. Mid sun gear 18. Front carrier M
19. Mid carrier 20. Rear internal gear 21. Output shaft
22. Parking gear 23. Parking pawl

Revision: 2006 November AT-27 2006 350Z


A/T CONTROL SYSTEM

“D5 ” and “M5” Positions


● The front brake fastens the front sun gear.
● The input clutch is coupled, and the front internal gear and mid internal gear are connected.
● The high and low reverse clutch is coupled, and the mid sun gear and rear sun gear are connected.

SCIA4984E

1. Front brake 2. Input clutch 3. Direct clutch


4. High and low reverse clutch 5. Reverse brake 6. Forward brake
7. Low coast brake 8. 1st one-way clutch 9. Forward one-way clutch
10. 3rd one-way clutch 11. Front sun gear 12. Input shaft
13. Mid internal gear 14. Front internal gear 15. Rear carrier
16. Rear sun gear 17. Mid sun gear 18. Front carrier
19. Mid carrier 20. Rear internal gear 21. Output shaft
22. Parking gear 23. Parking pawl

Revision: 2006 November AT-28 2006 350Z


A/T CONTROL SYSTEM

“R” Position
● The front brake fastens the front sun gear. A
● The high and low reverse clutch is coupled, and the mid sun gear and rear sun gear are connected.
● The reverse brake fastens the rear carrier.
B

AT

J
SCIA1519E

1. Front brake 2. Input clutch 3. Direct clutch


4. High and low reverse clutch 5. Reverse brake 6. Forward brake K
7. Low coast brake 8. 1st one-way clutch 9. Forward one-way clutch
10. 3rd one-way clutch 11. Front sun gear 12. Input shaft
13. Mid internal gear 14. Front internal gear 15. Rear carrier L
16. Rear sun gear 17. Mid sun gear 18. Front carrier
19. Mid carrier 20. Rear internal gear 21. Output shaft
22. Parking gear 23. Parking pawl M

Revision: 2006 November AT-29 2006 350Z


A/T CONTROL SYSTEM

TCM Function NCS0001M

The function of the TCM is to:


● Receive input signals sent from various switches and sensors.
● Determine required line pressure, shifting point, lock-up operation, and engine brake operation.
● Send required output signals to the respective solenoids.
CONTROL SYSTEM OUTLINE
The A/T senses vehicle operating conditions through various sensors or signals. It always controls the opti-
mum shift position and reduces shifting and lock-up shocks.
SENSORS (or SIGNALS) TCM ACTUATORS
PNP switch Shift control Input clutch solenoid valve
Accelerator pedal position signal Line pressure control Direct clutch solenoid valve
Closed throttle position signal Lock-up control Front brake solenoid valve
Wide open throttle position signal Engine brake control High and low reverse clutch
Engine speed signal Timing control solenoid valve
A/T fluid temperature sensor Þ Fail-safe control Þ Low coast brake solenoid valve
Revolution sensor Self-diagnosis Torque converter clutch sole-
Vehicle speed signal CONSULT-II communication line noid valve
Manual mode switch signal Duet-EA control Line pressure solenoid valve
Stop lamp switch signal CAN system A/T CHECK indicator lamp
Turbine revolution sensor Starter relay
ATF pressure switch Back-up lamp relay

CONTROL SYSTEM DIAGRAM

SCIA7442E

Revision: 2006 November AT-30 2006 350Z


A/T CONTROL SYSTEM

CAN Communication NCS0001N

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other B
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN-H line, CAN-L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only. For details, refer to LAN-48,
AT
"CAN System Specification Chart" .
Input/Output Signal of TCM NCS0001O

Line Vehicle Engine Fail-safe Self-diag-


D
Shift Lock-up
Control item pressure speed brake function nostics
control control
control control control (*3) function

Accelerator pedal position signal (*5) X X X X X X X E


Vehicle speed sensor A/T
X X X X X X X
(revolution sensor)
F
Vehicle speed sensor MTR(*1) (*5) X

Closed throttle position signal(*5) X (*2) X X X X (*4)

Wide open throttle position signal(*5) X X (*4) G


Turbine revolution sensor 1 X X X X X
Input Turbine revolution sensor 2
X X X X X H
(for 4th speed only)

Engine speed signals(*5) X X X X X X X

Stop lamp switch signal(*5) X X X X (*4) I


A/T fluid temperature sensors 1, 2 X X X X X X

Operation signal(*5) X X X
J
ASCD Overdrive cancel
X
signal(*5)
Direct clutch solenoid K
X X X X
(ATF pressure switch 5)
Input clutch solenoid
X X X X
(ATF pressure switch 3)
L
High and low reverse clutch sole-
X X X X
noid (ATF pressure switch 6)
Out- Front brake solenoid M
X X X X
put (ATF pressure switch 1)
Low coast brake solenoid
X X X X X
(ATF pressure switch 2)
Line pressure solenoid X X X X X X X
TCC solenoid X X X

Self-diagnostics table(*6) X
Starter relay X X
*1: Spare for vehicle speed sensor·A/T (revolution sensor)
*2: Spare for accelerator pedal position signal
*3: If these input and output signals are different, the TCM triggers the fail-safe function.
*4: Used as a condition for starting self-diagnostics; if self-diagnostics are not started, it is judged that there is some kind of error.
*5: Input by CAN communications
*6: Output by CAN communications

Revision: 2006 November AT-31 2006 350Z


A/T CONTROL SYSTEM

Line Pressure Control NCS0001P

● When an input torque signal equivalent to the engine drive force is sent from the ECM to the TCM, the
TCM controls the line pressure solenoid.
● This line pressure solenoid controls the pressure regulator valve as the signal pressure and adjusts the
pressure of the operating oil discharged from the oil pump to the line pressure most appropriate to the
driving state.

PCIA0007E

LINE PRESSURE CONTROL IS BASED ON THE TCM LINE PRESSURE CHARACTERISTIC


PATTERN
● The TCM has stored in memory a number of patterns for the optimum line pressure characteristic for the
driving state.
● In order to obtain the most appropriate line pressure characteristic to meet the current driving state, the
TCM controls the line pressure solenoid current valve and thus controls the line pressure.
Normal Control
Each clutch is adjusted to the necessary pressure to match the
engine drive force.

PCIA0008E

Back-up Control (Engine Brake)


When the select operation is performed during driving and the A/T is
shifted down, the line pressure is set according to the vehicle speed.

PCIA0009E

Revision: 2006 November AT-32 2006 350Z


A/T CONTROL SYSTEM

During Shift Change


The necessary and adequate line pressure for shift change is set. A
For this reason, line pressure pattern setting corresponds to input
torque and gearshift selection. Also, line pressure characteristic is
set according to engine speed, during engine brake operation. B

AT

PCIA0010E

At Low Fluid Temperature H


When the A/T fluid temperature drops below the prescribed tempera-
ture, in order to speed up the action of each friction element, the line
pressure is set higher than the normal line pressure characteristic. I

K
PCIA0011E

Shift Control NCS0001Q


L
The clutch pressure control solenoid is controlled by the signals from the switches and sensors. Thus, the
clutch pressure is adjusted to be appropriate to the engine load state and vehicle driving state. It becomes
possible to finely control the clutch hydraulic pressure with high precision and a smoother shift change charac- M
teristic is attained.

PCIA0012E

Revision: 2006 November AT-33 2006 350Z


A/T CONTROL SYSTEM

NORMAL SHIFT CONTROL


The clutch is controlled with the optimum timing and oil pressure by the engine speed, engine torque informa-
tion, etc.
Shift Change System Diagram

PCIA0013E

*1: Full phase real-time feedback control monitors movement of gear ratio at gear change, and controls oil
pressure at real-time to achieve the best gear ratio.
BLIPPING CONTROL
This system makes transmission clutch engage readily by controlling (synchronizing) engine revolution
according to the (calculation of) engine revolution after shifting down.
● “BLIPPING CONTROL” functions.
– When downshifting by accelerator pedal depression at “D” position.
– When downshifting under the manual mode.
● TCM selects “BLIPPING CONTROL” or “NORMAL SHIFT CONTROL” according to the gear position, the
select lever position, the engine torque and the speed when accelerating by pedal depression.
● Revolution control demand signal is transmitted from TCM to ECM under “BLIPPING CONTROL”.
● TCM synchronizes engine revolution according to the revolution control demand signal.

Revision: 2006 November AT-34 2006 350Z


A/T CONTROL SYSTEM

Shift Change System Diagram


A

AT

SCIA6483E

Lock-up Control NCS0001R


G

The torque converter clutch piston in the torque converter is engaged to eliminate torque converter slip to
increase power transmission efficiency.
H
The torque converter clutch control valve operation is controlled by the torque converter clutch solenoid valve,
which is controlled by a signal from TCM, and the torque converter clutch control valve engages or releases
the torque converter clutch piston.
I
Lock-up operation condition table
selector lever “D” position “M” position
Gear position 5 4 5 4 3 2 J
Lock-up × – × × × ×
Slip lock-up × × – – – –
K
TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH CONTROL VALVE CONTROL
Lock-up Control System Diagram
L

PCIA0014E

Lock-up Released
● In the lock-up released state, the torque converter clutch control valve is set into the unlocked state by the
torque converter clutch solenoid and the lock-up apply pressure is drained.
In this way, the torque converter clutch piston is not coupled.
Lock-up Applied
● In the lock-up applied state, the torque converter clutch control valve is set into the locked state by the
torque converter clutch solenoid and lock-up apply pressure is generated.
In this way, the torque converter clutch piston is pressed and coupled.

Revision: 2006 November AT-35 2006 350Z


A/T CONTROL SYSTEM

SMOOTH LOCK-UP CONTROL


When shifting from the lock-up released state to the lock-up applied state, the current output to the torque con-
verter clutch solenoid is controlled with the TCM. In this way, when shifting to the lock-up applied state, the
torque converter clutch is temporarily set to the half-clutched state to reduce the shock.
Half-clutched State
● The current output from the TCM to the torque converter clutch solenoid is varied to gradually increase
the torque converter clutch solenoid pressure.
In this way, the lock-up apply pressure gradually rises and while the torque converter clutch piston is put
into half-clutched status, the torque converter clutch piston operating pressure is increased and the cou-
pling is completed smoothly.
Slip Lock-up Control
● In the slip region, the torque converter clutch solenoid current is controlled with the TCM to put it into the
half-clutched state. This absorbs the engine torque fluctuation and lock-up operates from low speed.
This raises the fuel efficiency for 4th and 5th gears at both low speed and when the accelerator has a low
degree of opening.
Engine Brake Control NCS0001S

● The forward one-way clutch transmits the drive force from the engine to the rear wheels. But the reverse
drive from the rear wheels is not transmitted to the engine because the one-way clutch is idling.
Therefore, the low coast brake solenoid is operated to prevent the forward one-way clutch from idling and
the engine brake is operated in the same manner as conventionally.

SCIA1520E

● The operation of the low coast brake solenoid switches the low coast brake switching valve and controls
the coupling and releasing of the low coast brake.
The low coast brake reducing valve controls the low coast brake coupling force.
Control Valve NCS0001T

FUNCTION OF CONTROL VALVE


Name Function
In order to prevent the pressure supplied to the torque converter from being excessive,
Torque converter regulator valve the line pressure is adjusted to the optimum pressure (torque converter operating pres-
sure).
Pressure regulator valve
Adjusts the oil discharged from the oil pump to the optimum pressure (line pressure) for
Pressure regulator plug
the driving state.
Pressure regulator sleeve
When the front brake is coupled, adjusts the line pressure to the optimum pressure
Front brake control valve (front brake pressure) and supplies it to the front brake. (In 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 5th gears,
adjusts the clutch pressure.)

Revision: 2006 November AT-36 2006 350Z


A/T CONTROL SYSTEM

Name Function
A
Adjusts the pressure (accumulator control pressure) acting on the accumulator piston
Accumulator control valve
and low coast reducing valve to the pressure appropriate to the driving state.
Adjusts the line pressure and produces the constant pressure (pilot pressure) required
Pilot valve A B
for line pressure control, shift change control, and lock-up control.
Adjusts the line pressure and produces the constant pressure (pilot pressure) required
Pilot valve B
for shift change control.
Low coast brake switching valve During engine braking, supplies the line pressure to the low coast brake reducing valve. AT
When the low coast brake is coupled, adjusts the line pressure to the optimum pressure
Low coast brake reducing valve
(low coast brake pressure) and supplies it to the low coast brake.
D
N-R accumulator Produces the stabilizing pressure for when N-R is selected.
Direct clutch piston switching valve Operates in 4th gear and switches the direct clutch coupling capacity.
When the high and low reverse clutch is coupled, adjusts the line pressure to the opti- E
High and low reverse clutch control valve mum pressure (high and low reverse clutch pressure) and supplies it to the high and low
reverse clutch. (In 1st, 3rd, 4th and 5th gears, adjusts the clutch pressure.)
When the input clutch is coupled, adjusts the line pressure to the optimum pressure
Input clutch control valve (input clutch pressure) and supplies it to the input clutch. (In 4th and 5th gears, adjusts F
the clutch pressure.)
When the direct clutch is coupled, adjusts the line pressure to the optimum pressure
Direct clutch control valve (direct clutch pressure) and supplies it to the direct clutch. (In 2nd, 3rd, and 4th gears, G
adjusts the clutch pressure.)
TCC control valve
Switches the lock-up to operating or released. Also, by performing the lock-up operation
TCC control plug H
transiently, lock-up smoothly.
TCC control sleeve
Operates during lock-up to switch the torque converter, cooling, and lubrication system
Torque converter lubrication valve
oil passage.
I
Cool bypass valve Allows excess oil to bypass cooler circuit without being fed into it.
Line pressure relief valve Discharges excess oil from line pressure circuit.
N-D accumulator Produces the stabilizing pressure for when N-D is selected. J
Sends line pressure to each circuit according to the select position. The circuits to which
Manual valve
the line pressure is not sent drain.
K
FUNCTION OF ATF PRESSURE SWITCH
Name Function
Detects any malfunction in the front brake hydraulic pressure. When it detects any mal- L
ATF pressure switch 1 (FR/B)
function, it puts the system into fail-safe mode.
Detects any malfunction in the low coast brake hydraulic pressure. When it detects any
ATF pressure switch 2 (LC/B)
malfunction, it puts the system into fail-safe mode. M
Detects any malfunction in the input clutch hydraulic pressure. When it detects any mal-
ATF pressure switch 3 (I/C)
function, it puts the system into fail-safe mode.
Detects any malfunction in the direct clutch hydraulic pressure. When it detects any mal-
ATF pressure switch 5 (D/C)
function, it puts the system into fail-safe mode.
Detects any malfunction in the high and low reverse clutch hydraulic pressure. When it
ATF pressure switch 6 (HLR/C)
detects any malfunction, it puts the system into fail-safe mode.

Revision: 2006 November AT-37 2006 350Z


ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM PFP:00028

Introduction NCS0001U

The A/T system has two self-diagnostic systems.


The first is the emission-related on board diagnostic system (OBD-II) performed by the TCM in combination
with the ECM. The malfunction is indicated by the MIL (malfunction indicator lamp) and is stored as a DTC in
the ECM memory but not the TCM memory.
The second is the TCM original self-diagnosis indicated by the A/T CHECK indicator lamp. The malfunction is
stored in the TCM memory. The detected items are overlapped with OBD-II self-diagnostic items. For detail,
refer to AT-92, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
OBD-II Function for A/T System NCS0001V

The ECM provides emission-related on board diagnostic (OBD-II) functions for the A/T system. One function
is to receive a signal from the TCM used with OBD-related parts of the A/T system. The signal is sent to the
ECM when a malfunction occurs in the corresponding OBD-related part. The other function is to indicate a
diagnostic result by means of the MIL (malfunction indicator lamp) on the instrument panel. Sensors, switches
and solenoid valves are used as sensing elements.
The MIL automatically illuminates in “One or Two Trip Detection Logic” when a malfunction is sensed in rela-
tion to A/T system parts.
One or Two Trip Detection Logic of OBD-II NCS0001W

ONE TRIP DETECTION LOGIC


If a malfunction is sensed during the first test drive, the MIL will illuminate and the malfunction will be stored in
the ECM memory as a DTC. The TCM is not provided with such a memory function.
TWO TRIP DETECTION LOGIC
When a malfunction is sensed during the first test drive, it is stored in the ECM memory as a 1st trip DTC
(diagnostic trouble code) or 1st trip freeze frame data. At this point, the MIL will not illuminate. — 1st trip
If the same malfunction as that experienced during the first test drive is sensed during the second test drive,
the MIL will illuminate. — 2nd trip
The “Trip” in the “One or Two Trip Detection Logic” means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is performed
during vehicle operation.
OBD-II Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) NCS0001X

HOW TO READ DTC AND 1ST TRIP DTC


DTC and 1st trip DTC can be read by the following methods.
( with CONSULT-II or GST) CONSULT-II or GST (Generic Scan Tool) Examples: P0705, P0720 etc.
These DTC are prescribed by SAE J2012.
(CONSULT-II also displays the malfunctioning component or system.)
● 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
● Output of the diagnostic trouble code indicates that the indicated circuit has a malfunction. How-
ever, in case of the Mode II and GST, they do not indicate whether the malfunction is still occurring
or occurred in the past and returned to normal.
CONSULT-II can identify them as shown below, therefore, CONSULT-II (if available) is recom-
mended.
A sample of CONSULT-II display for DTC and 1st trip DTC is shown
on the next page. DTC or 1st trip DTC of a malfunction is displayed
in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS mode for “ENGINE” with CON-
SULT-II. Time data indicates how many times the vehicle was driven
after the last detection of a DTC.

BCIA0030E

Revision: 2006 November AT-38 2006 350Z


ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM

If the DTC is being detected currently, the time data will be “0”.
A

AT

SAT015K

D
If a 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM, the time data will be “1t”.

G
SAT016K

Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data H


The ECM has a memory function, which stores the driving condition such as fuel system status, calculated
load value, engine coolant temperature, short term fuel trim, long term fuel trim, engine speed and vehicle
speed at the moment the ECM detects a malfunction.
Data which are stored in the ECM memory, along with the 1st trip DTC, are called 1st trip freeze frame data, I
and the data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT-II
or GST. The 1st trip freeze frame data can only be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen, not on the GST. For
detail, refer to EC-121, "CONSULT-II Function (ENGINE)" . J
Only one set of freeze frame data (either 1st trip freeze frame data of freeze frame data) can be stored in the
ECM. 1st trip freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory along with the 1st trip DTC. There is no priority
for 1st trip freeze frame data and it is updated each time a different 1st trip DTC is detected. However, once
K
freeze frame data (2nd trip detection/MIL on) is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze frame data is no
longer stored. Remember, only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM. The ECM has the fol-
lowing priorities to update the data.
L
Priority Items
Misfire — DTC: P0300 - P0306
1
Freeze frame data Fuel Injection System Function — DTC: P0171, P0172, P0174, P0175
M
2 Except the above items (Includes A/T related items)
3 1st trip freeze frame data

Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTC) are cleared when the ECM mem-
ory is erased.
HOW TO ERASE DTC
The diagnostic trouble code can be erased by CONSULT-II, GST or ECM DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE as
described following.
● If the battery cable is disconnected, the diagnostic trouble code will be lost within 24 hours.
● When you erase the DTC, using CONSULT-II or GST is easier and quicker than switching the mode
selector on the ECM.
The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared from the ECM memory when erasing DTC
related to OBD-II. For details, refer to EC-48, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information" .
● Diagnostic trouble codes (DTC)
● 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes (1st trip DTC)
● Freeze frame data
Revision: 2006 November AT-39 2006 350Z
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM

● 1st trip freeze frame data


● System readiness test (SRT) codes
● Test values
HOW TO ERASE DTC (WITH CONSULT-II)
● If a DTC is displayed for both ECM and TCM, it is necessary to be erased for both ECM and TCM.
1. If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10
seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
2. Turn CONSULT-II ON and touch “A/T”.
3. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
4. Touch “ERASE”. (The DTC in the TCM will be erased.) Then touch “BACK” twice.
5. Touch “ENGINE”.
6. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
7. Touch “ERASE”. (The DTC in the ECM will be erased.)

SCIA5671E

Revision: 2006 November AT-40 2006 350Z


ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM

HOW TO ERASE DTC (WITH GST)


1. If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10 A
seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
2. Perform AT-102, "OBD-II SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (WITH GST)" . (The engine warm-up step
can be skipped when performing the diagnosis only to erase the DTC.) B
3. Select Mode 4 with GST (Generic Scan Tool). For details, refer to EC-133, "Generic Scan Tool (GST)
Function" .
AT
HOW TO ERASE DTC (NO TOOLS)
The A/T CHECK indicator lamp is located on the instrument panel.
1. If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10 D
seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
2. Perform AT-102, "TCM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (NO TOOLS)" . (The engine warm-up step
can be skipped when performing the diagnosis only to erase the DTC.) E
3. Perform “OBD-II SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (No tools)”. Refer to EC-60, "How to Erase DTC" .
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) NCS0001Y

DESCRIPTION F
The MIL is located on the instrument panel.
1. The MIL will light up when the ignition switch is turned ON with-
out the engine running. This is a bulb check. G
● If the MIL does not light up, refer to DI-68, "WARNING LAMPS" ,
or see EC-718, "MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR" .
2. When the engine is started, the MIL should go off. H
If the MIL remains on, the on board diagnostic system has
detected an engine system malfunction.
I
SEF217U

Revision: 2006 November AT-41 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS PFP:00004

DTC Inspection Priority Chart NCS0001Z

If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority
chart.
NOTE:
If DTC “U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT” is displayed with other DTCs, first perform the trouble diagnosis
for “DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE”. Refer to AT-106 .
Priority Detected items (DTC)
1 U1000 CAN communication line
2 Except above

Fail-safe NCS00020

The TCM has an electrical fail-safe mode. This mode makes it possible to operate even if there is a an error in
a main electronic control input/output signal circuit.
In fail-safe mode, even if the selector lever is “D” or “M” mode, the A/T is fixed in 2nd, 4th or 5th (depending on
the breakdown position), so the customer should feel “slipping” or “poor acceleration”.
Even when the electronic circuits are normal, under special conditions (for example, when slamming on the
brake with the wheels spinning drastically and stopping the tire rotation), the A/T can go into fail-safe mode. If
this happens, switch OFF the ignition switch for 10 seconds, then switch it ON again to return to the normal
shift pattern. Therefore, the customer's vehicle has returned to normal, so handle according to the AT-45,
"WORK FLOW" .
FAIL-SAFE FUNCTION
If any malfunction occurs in a sensor or solenoid, this function controls the A/T to mark driving possible.
Vehicle Speed Sensor A/T
● Signals are input from two systems - from vehicle speed sensor A/T (revolution sensor) installed on the A/
T and from combination meter so normal driving is possible even if there is a malfunction in one of the
systems. And if vehicle speed sensor A/T (revolution sensor) has unusual cases, 5th gear and manual
mode are prohibited.
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
● If there is a malfunction in one of the systems, the accelerator opening angle is controlled by ECM accord-
ing to a pre-determined accelerator angle to make driving possible. And if there are malfunctions in tow
systems, the engine speed is fixed by ECM to a pre-determined engine speed to make driving possible.
Throttle Position Sensor
● If there is a malfunction in one of the systems, the accelerator opening angle is controlled by ECM accord-
ing to a pre-determined accelerator angle to make driving possible. And if there are malfunctions in tow
systems, the accelerator opening angle is controlled by the idle signal sent from the ECM which is based
on input indicating either idle condition or off-idle condition (pre-determined accelerator opening) in order
to make driving possible.
PNP Switch
● In the unlikely event that a malfunction signal enters the TCM, the position indicator is switched OFF, the
starter relay is switched OFF (starter starting is disabled), the back-up lamp relay switched OFF (back-up
lamp is OFF) and the position is fixed to the “D” position to make driving possible.
Starter Relay
● The starter relay is switched OFF. (Starter starting is disabled.)

Revision: 2006 November AT-42 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

A/T Interlock
● If there is an A/T interlock judgment malfunction, the transmission is fixed in 2nd gear to make driving pos- A
sible.
NOTE:
When the vehicle is driven fixed in 2nd gear a turbine revolution sensor malfunction is displayed, B
but this is not a turbine revolution sensor malfunction.
● When the coupling pattern below is detected, the fail-safe action corresponding to the pattern is per-
formed. AT
A/T INTERLOCK COUPLING PATTERN TABLE
●: NG X: OK
Clutch pressure output pattern after fail-safe func-
D
ATF pressure switch output
tion
Fail-safe
Gear position SW6
SW3 SW5 SW1 SW2 function
(HLR/ I/C HLR/C D/C FR/B LC/B L/U E
(I/C) (D/C) (FR/B) (LC/B)
C)
Held in
3rd – X X – ● OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF
2nd gear F
A/T inter-
Held in
lock cou- 4th – X X – ● OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF
2nd gear
pling pattern
5th X X – X ●
Held in
OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF
G
2nd gear

A/T 1st Engine Braking


H
● When there is an A/T first gear engine brake judgment malfunction, the low coast brake solenoid is
switched OFF to avoid the engine brake operation.
Line Pressure Solenoid I
● The solenoid is switched OFF and the line pressure is set to the maximum hydraulic pressure to make
driving possible.
Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid J
● The solenoid is switched OFF to release the lock-up.
Low Coast Brake Solenoid
K
● When a malfunction (electrical or functional) occurs, in order to make driving possible, if the solenoid is
ON, the A/T is held in 2nd gear; if the solenoid is OFF, the A/T is held in 4th gear. (engine brake is not
applied in 1st and 2nd gear.)
L
Input Clutch Solenoid
● If a malfunction (electrical or functional) occurs with the solenoid either ON or OFF, the A/T is held in 4th
gear to make driving possible.
M
Direct Clutch Solenoid
● If a malfunction (electrical or functional) occurs with the solenoid either ON or OFF, the A/T is held in 4th
gear to make driving possible.
Front Brake Solenoid
● If a malfunction (electrical or functional) occurs with the solenoid ON, in order to make driving possible,
the A/T is held in 5th gear; if the solenoid is OFF, 4th gear.
High and Low Reverse Clutch Solenoid
● If a malfunction (electrical or functional) occurs with the solenoid either ON or OFF, the A/T is held in 4th
gear to make driving possible.
Turbine Revolution Sensor 1 or 2
● The control is the same as if there were no turbine revolution sensors, 5th gear and manual mode are pro-
hibited.

Revision: 2006 November AT-43 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair NCS00021

INTRODUCTION
The TCM receives a signal from the vehicle speed sensor, accelera-
tor pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor) or PNP switch and
provides shift control or lock-up control via A/T solenoid valves.
The TCM also communicates with the ECM by means of a signal
sent from sensing elements used with the OBD-related parts of the
A/T system for malfunction-diagnostic purposes. The TCM is capa-
ble of diagnosing malfunctioning parts while the ECM can store mal-
functions in its memory.
Input and output signals must always be correct and stable in the
operation of the A/T system. The A/T system must be in good oper-
ating condition and be free of valve seizure, solenoid valve malfunc-
SAT631IB
tion, etc.

It is much more difficult to diagnose a error that occurs intermittently


rather than continuously. Most intermittent errors are caused by poor
electric connections or improper wiring. In this case, careful check-
ing of suspected circuits may help prevent the replacement of good
parts.
A visual check only may not find the cause of the errors. A road test
with CONSULT-II (or GST) or a circuit tester connected should be
performed. Follow the AT-45, "WORK FLOW" .

SAT632I

Before undertaking actual checks, take a few minutes to talk with a


customer who approaches with a driveability complaint. The cus-
tomer can supply good information about such errors, especially
intermittent ones. Find out what symptoms are present and under
what conditions they occur. A “DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET” as
shown on the example (Refer to AT-46 ) should be used.
Start your diagnosis by looking for “conventional” errors first. This will
help troubleshoot driveability errors on an electronically controlled
engine vehicle.
Also check related Service bulletins.
SEF234G

Revision: 2006 November AT-44 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

WORK FLOW
A good understanding of the malfunction conditions can make troubleshooting faster and more accurate. A
In general, each customer feels differently about a malfunction. It is important to fully understand the symp-
toms or conditions for a customer complaint.
Make good use of the two sheets provided, AT-46, "Information from Customer" and AT-46, "Diagnostic Work- B
sheet Chart" , to perform the best troubleshooting possible.
Work Flow Chart
AT

SCIA7037E

*1. AT-46 *2. AT-46 *3. AT-42


*4. AT-51 *5. AT-51, AT-53 *6. AT-54
*7. AT-90 *8. AT-38 *9. AT-42
*10. AT-106 *11. AT-180 *12. AT-189
*13. AT-65 *14. AT-39 *15. AT-106
*16. AT-180 *17. EC-48

Revision: 2006 November AT-45 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET
Information from Customer
KEY POINTS
● WHAT..... Vehicle & A/T model
● WHEN..... Date, Frequencies
● WHERE..... Road conditions
● HOW..... Operating conditions, Symptoms
Customer name MR/MS Model & Year VIN
Trans. Model Engine Mileage
Incident Date Manuf. Date In Service Date
Frequency ❏ Continuous ❏ Intermittent ( times a day)
Symptoms ❏ Vehicle does not move. (❏ Any position ❏ Particular position)
❏ No up-shift (❏ 1st → 2nd ❏ 2nd → 3rd ❏ 3rd → 4th ❏ 4th → 5th)
❏ No down-shift (❏ 5th → 4th ❏ 4th → 3rd ❏ 3rd → 2nd ❏ 2nd → 1st)
❏ Lock-up malfunction
❏ Shift point too high or too low.
❏ Shift shock or slip (❏ N → D ❏ Lock-up ❏ Any drive position)
❏ Noise or vibration
❏ No kick down
❏ No pattern select
❏ Others
( )
A/T CHECK indicator lamp ❏ Continuously lit ❏ Not lit
Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) ❏ Continuously lit ❏ Not lit

Diagnostic Worksheet Chart


1 ❏ Read the item on cautions concerning fail-safe and understand the customer's complaint. AT-42
❏ A/T fluid inspection AT-51

2 ❏ Leak (Repair leak location.)


❏ State
❏ Amount
❏ Stall test and line pressure test AT-51,
AT-53
❏ Stall test
❏ Torque converter one-way clutch ❏ 1st one-way clutch
❏ Front brake ❏ 3rd one-way clutch
3 ❏ High and low reverse clutch ❏ Engine
❏ Low coast brake ❏ Line pressure low
❏ Forward brake ❏ Except for input clutch and direct
❏ Reverse brake clutch, clutches and brakes OK
❏ Forward one-way clutch
❏ Line pressure inspection - Suspected part:

Revision: 2006 November AT-46 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

❏ Perform all road tests and enter checks in required inspection items. AT-54
A
Check before engine is started AT-55
❏ AT-195, "A/T Check Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On" .
❏ Perform self-diagnostics. Enter checks for detected items. AT-92 , AT-102
B
❏ AT-106, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
❏ AT-109, "DTC P0615 START SIGNAL CIRCUIT" .
❏ AT-114, "DTC P0700 TCM" .
❏ AT-115, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH" . AT
❏ AT-119, "DTC P0717 TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR" .
❏ AT-121, "DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)" .
❏ AT-126, "DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL" .
❏ AT-128, "DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE" . D
❏ AT-130, "DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION (LOCK-UP)" .
❏ AT-132, "DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE" .
❏ AT-134, "DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR" .
❏ AT-137, "DTC P1710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT" . E
❏ AT-142, "DTC P1721 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR" .
4-1. ❏ AT-144, "DTC P1730 A/T INTERLOCK" .
❏ AT-147, "DTC P1731 A/T 1ST ENGINE BRAKING" .
F
❏ AT-149, "DTC P1752 INPUT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE" .
❏ AT-151, "DTC P1754 INPUT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION" .
❏ AT-153, "DTC P1757 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE" .
❏ AT-155, "DTC P1759 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION" . G
❏ AT-157, "DTC P1762 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE" .
❏ AT-159, "DTC P1764 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION" .
❏ AT-161, "DTC P1767 HIGH AND LOW REVERSE CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE" .
❏ AT-163, "DTC P1769 HIGH AND LOW REVERSE CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE H
4
FUNCTION" .
❏ AT-165, "DTC P1772 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE" .
❏ AT-167, "DTC P1774 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION" .
❏ AT-169, "DTC P1815 MANUAL MODE SWITCH" . I
❏ AT-174, "DTC P1841 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 1" .
❏ AT-176, "DTC P1843 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 3" .
❏ AT-178, "DTC P1845 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 5" .
❏ AT-180, "DTC P1846 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 6" .
J

Check at Idle AT-55


❏ AT-195, "Engine Cannot Be Started in “P” or “N” Position" .
K
❏ AT-196, "In “P” Position, Vehicle Moves When Pushed" .
4-2. ❏ AT-197, "In “N” Position, Vehicle Moves" .
❏ AT-198, "Large Shock (“N” to “D” Position)" .
❏ AT-201, "Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward in “R” Position" . L
❏ AT-204, "Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward in “D” Position" .
Cruise test AT-59
Part 1 M
❏ AT-206, "Vehicle Cannot Be Started from D1" .
❏ AT-209, "A/T Does Not Shift: D1 → D2" .
4-3. ❏ AT-211, "A/T Does Not Shift: D2 → D3" .
❏ AT-214, "A/T Does Not Shift: D3 → D4" .
❏ AT-216, "A/T Does Not Shift: D4 → D5" .
❏ AT-219, "A/T Does Not Perform Lock-up"
❏ AT-221, "A/T Does Not Hold Lock-up Condition" .
❏ AT-223, "Lock-up Is Not Released" .
❏ AT-224, "Engine Speed Does Not Return to Idle" .

Revision: 2006 November AT-47 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Part 2 AT-62
❏ AT-206, "Vehicle Cannot Be Started from D1" .
❏ AT-209, "A/T Does Not Shift: D1 → D2" .
❏ AT-211, "A/T Does Not Shift: D2 → D3" .
❏ AT-214, "A/T Does Not Shift: D3 → D4" .
Part 3 AT-63
❏ AT-225, "Cannot Be Changed to Manual Mode" .
❏ AT-226, "A/T Does Not Shift: 5th Gear → 4th Gear" .
❏ AT-228, "A/T Does Not Shift: 4th Gear → 3rd Gear" .
❏ AT-230, "A/T Does Not Shift: 3rd Gear → 2nd Gear" .
❏ AT-232, "A/T Does Not Shift: 2nd Gear → 1st Gear" .
❏ AT-234, "Vehicle Does Not Decelerate by Engine Brake" .
❏ Perform self-diagnostics. Enter checks for detected items. AT-92 , AT-102
❏ AT-106, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
❏ AT-109, "DTC P0615 START SIGNAL CIRCUIT" .
❏ AT-114, "DTC P0700 TCM" .
❏ AT-115, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH" .
❏ AT-119, "DTC P0717 TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR" .
❏ AT-121, "DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)" .
❏ AT-126, "DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL" .
❏ AT-128, "DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE" .
4 4-3.
❏ AT-130, "DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION (LOCK-UP)" .
❏ AT-132, "DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE" .
❏ AT-134, "DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR" .
❏ AT-137, "DTC P1710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT" .
❏ AT-142, "DTC P1721 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR" .
❏ AT-144, "DTC P1730 A/T INTERLOCK" .
❏ AT-147, "DTC P1731 A/T 1ST ENGINE BRAKING" .
❏ AT-149, "DTC P1752 INPUT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE" .
❏ AT-151, "DTC P1754 INPUT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION" .
❏ AT-153, "DTC P1757 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE" .
❏ AT-155, "DTC P1759 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION" .
❏ AT-157, "DTC P1762 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE" .
❏ AT-159, "DTC P1764 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION" .
❏ AT-161, "DTC P1767 HIGH AND LOW REVERSE CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE" .
❏ AT-163, "DTC P1769 HIGH AND LOW REVERSE CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
FUNCTION" .
❏ AT-165, "DTC P1772 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE" .
❏ AT-167, "DTC P1774 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION" .
❏ AT-169, "DTC P1815 MANUAL MODE SWITCH" .
❏ AT-174, "DTC P1841 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 1" .
❏ AT-176, "DTC P1843 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 3" .
❏ AT-178, "DTC P1845 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 5" .
❏ AT-180, "DTC P1846 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 6" .
5 ❏ Inspect each system for items found to be NG in the self-diagnostics and repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
6 ❏ Perform all road tests and enter the checks again for the required items. AT-54
❏ For any remaining NG items, perform the “diagnostics procedure” and repair or replace the malfunctioning AT-65
7 parts. See the chart for diagnostics by symptoms. (This chart also contains other symptoms and inspection pro-
cedures.)
AT-39, AT-
8 ❏ Erase the results of the self-diagnostics from TCM and ECM. 95 ,
AT-105

Revision: 2006 November AT-48 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

A/T Electrical Parts Location NCS00022

AT

SCIA7430E

Revision: 2006 November AT-49 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Circuit Diagram NCS00023

TCWT0372E

Revision: 2006 November AT-50 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Inspections Before Trouble Diagnosis NCS00024

A/T FLUID CHECK A


A/T Fluid Leakage and A/T Fluid Level Check
● Inspect for A/T fluid leakage and check the A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
B
A/T Fluid Condition Check
Inspect the A/T fluid condition.
Fluid condition Conceivable Cause Required Operation
AT
Replace the ATF and check the A/T
Varnished (viscous Clutch, brake main unit and the vehicle for mal-
varnish state) scorched functions (wire harnesses, cooler D
pipes, etc.)
Milky white or Replace the ATF and check for
Water in the fluid
cloudy places where water is getting in. E
Large amount of Unusual wear of
Replace the ATF and check for
metal powder mixed sliding parts within
improper operation of the A/T.
in A/T SAT638A
F
STALL TEST
Stall Test Procedure
1. Inspect the amount of engine oil. Replenish the engine oil if necessary. G
2. Drive for about 10 minutes to warm up the vehicle so that the A/
T fluid temperature is 50 to 80°C (122 to 176°F). Inspect the
amount of ATF. Replenish if necessary. H

J
SAT647B

K
3. Securely engage the parking brake so that the tires do not turn.

SAT513G

4. Engine start, apply foot brake, and place selector lever in “D”
position.

SCIA6291E

Revision: 2006 November AT-51 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

5. While holding down the foot brake, gradually press down the
accelerator pedal.
6. Quickly read off the stall speed, then quickly remove your foot
from the accelerator pedal.
CAUTION:
Do not hold down the accelerator pedal for more than 5 sec-
onds during this test.
Stall speed: 2,650 - 2,950 rpm

SAT514G

7. Move the selector lever to the “N” position.


8. Cool down the ATF.
CAUTION:
Run the engine at idle for at least one minute.
9. Repeat steps 5 through 8 with selector lever in “R” position.

SCIA6424E

Judgement Stall Test


Selector lever position
Expected problem location
“D”, “M” “R”
● Forward brake
● Forward one-way clutch
H O
● 1st one-way clutch
Stall speed ● 3rd one-way clutch
O H ● Reverse brake
L L ● Engine and torque converter one-way clutch
H H ● Line pressure low
O: Stall speed within standard value position
H: Stall speed higher than standard value
L: Stall speed lower than standard value

Stall Test Standard Value Position


Does not shift-up “D”, “M” position 1 → 2 Slipping in 2nd, 3rd or 4th gear Direct clutch slippage
Does not shift-up “D”, “M” position 2 → 3 Slipping in 3rd, 4th or 5th gear High and low reverse clutch slippage
Does not shift-up “D”, “M” position 3 → 4 Slipping in 4th or 5th gear Input clutch slippage
Does not shift-up “D”, “M” position 4 → 5 Slipping in 5th gear Front brake slippage

Revision: 2006 November AT-52 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

LINE PRESSURE TEST


Line Pressure Test Port A

AT

D
SCIA2187E

Line Pressure Test Procedure E


1. Inspect the amount of engine oil and replenish if necessary.
2. Drive the car for about 10 minutes to warm it up so that the ATF reaches in range of 50 to 80°C (122 to
176°F), then inspect the amount of ATF and replenish if necessary.
F
NOTE:
The A/T fluid temperature rises in range of 50 to 80°C (122 to 176°F) during 10 minutes of driving.
3. After warming up remove the oil pressure detection plug and G
install the oil pressure gauge [ST2505S001(J-34301-C)].
CAUTION:
When using the oil pressure gauge, be sure to use the O-
H
ring attached to the oil pressure detection plug.

SCIA5309E
J

4. Securely engage the parking brake so that the tires do not turn.
K

SAT513G

5. Start the engine, then measure the line pressure at both idle and
the stall speed.
CAUTION:
● Keep the brake pedal pressed all the way down during
measurement.
● When measuring the line pressure at the stall speed,
refer to AT-51, "STALL TEST" .
6. After the measurements are complete, install the oil pressure
detection plug and tighten to the specified torque below.
: 7.3 N·m (0.74 kg-m, 65 in-lb) SAT493G

CAUTION:
● Do not reuse the O-ring.

Revision: 2006 November AT-53 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

● Apply ATF to the O-ring.


Line Pressure
Line pressure kPa (kg/cm2 , psi)
Engine speed
“R” position “D”, “M” positions
At idle speed 425 - 465 (4.3 - 4.7, 62 - 67) 379 - 428 (3.9 - 4.4, 55 - 62)
At stall speed 1,605 - 1,950 (16.4 - 19.9, 233 - 283) 1,310 - 1,500 (13.4 - 15.3, 190 - 218)

Judgement of Line Pressure Test


Judgement Possible cause
Possible causes include malfunctions in the pressure supply system and low oil pump output.
For example

Low for all positions ● Oil pump wear


(“P”, “R”, “N”, “D”, “M”) ● Pressure regulator valve or plug sticking or spring fatigue
● Oil strainer Þ oil pump Þ pressure regulator valve passage oil leak
● Engine idle speed too low
Only low for a specific Possible causes include an oil pressure leak in a passage or device related to the position after
Idle speed position the pressure is distributed by the manual valve.
Possible causes include a sensor malfunction or malfunction in the line pressure adjustment
function.
For example

High ● Accelerator pedal position signal malfunction


● A/T fluid temperature sensor malfunction
● Line pressure solenoid malfunction (sticking in OFF state, filter clog, cut line)
● Pressure regulator valve or plug sticking
Possible causes include a sensor malfunction or malfunction in the pressure adjustment func-
tion.
For example
Line pressure does
● Accelerator pedal position signal malfunction
not rise higher than
the line pressure for ● TCM breakdown
idle. ● Line pressure solenoid malfunction (shorting, sticking in ON state)
● Pressure regulator valve or plug sticking
● Pilot valve sticking or pilot filter clogged
Stall speed Possible causes include malfunctions in the pressure supply system and malfunction in the
pressure adjustment function.
For example
The pressure rises,
but does not enter the ● Accelerator pedal position signal malfunction
standard position. ● Line pressure solenoid malfunction (sticking, filter clog)
● Pressure regulator valve or plug sticking
● Pilot valve sticking or pilot filter clogged
Only low for a specific Possible causes include an oil pressure leak in a passage or device related to the position after
position the pressure is distributed by the manual valve.

ROAD TEST
Description
● The road test inspects overall performance of the A/T and analyzes possible malfunction causes.
● The road test is performed in the following three stages.
1. Check before engine is started. Refer to AT-55, "Check Before Engine is Started" .
2. Check at idle. Refer to AT-55, "Check at Idle" .
3. Cruise test
– Inspect all the items from Part 1 to Part 3. Refer to AT-59, "Cruise Test - Part 1" , AT-62, "Cruise Test - Part
2" and AT-63, "Cruise Test - Part 3" .
● Before beginning the road test, check the test procedure and inspection items.

Revision: 2006 November AT-54 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

● Test all inspection items until the symptom is uncovered. Diagnose NG items when all road tests are com-
plete. A
Check Before Engine is Started NCS00025

1. CHECK A/T CHECK INDICATOR LAMP B


1. Park vehicle on level surface.
2. Move selector lever to “P” position.
AT
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
Does A/T CHECK indicator lamp light up for about 2 seconds? D
YES >> 1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Perform self-diagnostics and record all NG items on
the AT-46, "DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET" . Refer to E
AT-92, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-
102, "Diagnostic Procedure Without CONSULT-II" . SCIA6325E

3. Go to AT-55, "Check at Idle" .


F
NO >> Stop the road test and go to AT-195, "A/T Check Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On" .
Check at Idle NCS00026

1. CHECK STARTING THE ENGINE G

1. Park vehicle on level surface.


2. Move selector lever to “P” or “N” position. H
3. Turn ignition switch OFF.
4. Start engine.
Does the engine start? I
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Stop the road test and go to AT-195, "Engine Cannot Be
Started in “P” or “N” Position" . J

SCIA6287E
K

2. CHECK STARTING THE ENGINE


L
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Move selector lever in “D”, “M” or “R” position.
3. Start engine. M
Does the engine start in each position?
YES >> Stop the road test and go to AT-195, "Engine Cannot Be
Started in “P” or “N” Position" .
NO >> GO TO 3.

SCIA6288E

Revision: 2006 November AT-55 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

3. CHECK “P” POSITION FUNCTIONS


1. Move selector lever to “P” position.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Release the parking brake.

SCIA6289E

4. Push the vehicle forward or backward.


5. Engage the parking brake.
When you push the vehicle with disengaging the parking brake, does
it move?
YES >> Enter a check mark at “In “P” Position, Vehicle Moves
When Pushed” on the AT-46, "DIAGNOSTIC WORK-
SHEET" , then continue the road test.
NO >> GO TO 4.

SAT796A

4. CHECK “N” POSITION FUNCTIONS


1. Start engine.
2. Move selector lever to “N” position.
3. Release the parking brake.
Does vehicle move forward or backward?
YES >> Enter a check mark at “In “N” Position Vehicle Moves”
on the AT-46, "DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET" , then con-
tinue the road test.
NO >> GO TO 5.

SCIA6290E

Revision: 2006 November AT-56 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

5. CHECK SHIFT SHOCK A


1. Engage the brake.

AT

D
SAT797A

2. Move selector lever to “D” position. E


When the A/T is shifted from “N” to “D”, is there an excessive shock?
YES >> Enter a check mark at “Large Shock (“N” to “D” Posi-
tion)” on the AT-46, "DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET" , F
then continue the road test.
NO >> GO TO 6.
G

SCIA6291E
H

Revision: 2006 November AT-57 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

6. CHECK “R” POSITION FUNCTIONS


1. Engage the brake.

SAT797A

2. Move selector lever to “R” position.

SCIA6292E

3. Release the brake for 4 to 5 seconds.


Does the vehicle creep backward?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Enter a check mark at “Vehicle Does Not Creep Back-
ward in “R” Position” on the AT-46, "DIAGNOSTIC
WORKSHEET" , then continue the road test.

SAT799A

7. CHECK “D” POSITION FUNCTIONS


Inspect whether the vehicle creep forward when the A/T is put into
the “D” position.
Does the vehicle creep forward in the “D” position?
YES >> Go to AT-59, "Cruise Test - Part 1" , AT-62, "Cruise Test
- Part 2" and AT-63, "Cruise Test - Part 3" .
NO >> Enter a check mark at “Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward
In “D” Position” on the AT-46, "DIAGNOSTIC WORK-
SHEET" , then continue the road test. Go to AT-59,
"Cruise Test - Part 1" , AT-62, "Cruise Test - Part 2" and
AT-63, "Cruise Test - Part 3" .
SCIA6291E

Revision: 2006 November AT-58 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Cruise Test - Part 1 NCS00027

1. CHECK STARTING OUT FROM D1 A

1. Drive the vehicle for about 10 minutes to warm up the engine oil
and ATF. B
Appropriate temperature for the ATF: 50 to 80°C (122 to 176°F)
2. Park the vehicle on a level surface.
3. Move selector lever to “P” position. AT
4. Start engine.

SCIA6289E

E
5. Move selector lever to “D” position.

H
SCIA6291E

6. Press the accelerator pedal about half-way down to accelerate I


the vehicle.
With CONSULT-II
Read the gear position. Refer to AT-95, "DATA MONITOR MODE" . J
Starts from D1?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Enter a check mark at “Vehicle Cannot Be Started from K
D1” on the AT-46, "DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET" , then
continue the road test.
SAT495G L

2. CHECK SHIFT-UP D1 → D2
M
Press down the accelerator pedal about half-way and inspect if the
vehicle shifts up (D1 → D2) at the appropriate speed.
● Refer to AT-64, "Vehicle Speed at When Gears Shifting Occurs"
.
With CONSULT-II
Read the gear position, throttle position, and vehicle speed. Refer to
AT-95, "DATA MONITOR MODE" .
Does the A/T shift-up D1 → D2 at the correct speed?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Enter a check mark at “A/T Does Not Shift:D1 → D2” on SAT954I

the AT-46, "DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET" , then con-


tinue the road test.

Revision: 2006 November AT-59 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

3. CHECK SHIFT-UP D2 → D3
Press down the accelerator pedal about half-way and inspect if the
vehicle shifts up (D2 → D3) at the appropriate speed.
● Refer to AT-64, "Vehicle Speed at When Gears Shifting Occurs"
.
With CONSULT-II
Read the gear position, throttle position, and vehicle speed. Refer to
AT-95, "DATA MONITOR MODE" .
Does the A/T shift-up D2 → D3 at the correct speed?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Enter a check mark at “A/T Does Not Shift:D2 → D3” on SAT955I

the AT-46, "DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET" , then con-


tinue the road test.

4. CHECK SHIFT-UP D3 → D4
Press down the accelerator pedal about half-way and inspect if the
vehicle shifts up (D3 → D4) at the appropriate speed.
● Refer to AT-64, "Vehicle Speed at When Gears Shifting Occurs"
.
With CONSULT-II
Read the gear position, throttle position, and vehicle speed. Refer to
AT-95, "DATA MONITOR MODE" .
Does the A/T shift-up D3 → D4 at the correct speed?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Enter a check mark at “A/T Does Not Shift:D3 → D4” on SAT956I

the AT-46, "DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET" , then con-


tinue the road test.

5. CHECK SHIFT-UP D4 → D5
Press down the accelerator pedal about half-way and inspect if the
vehicle shifts up (D4 → D5) at the appropriate speed.
● Refer to AT-64, "Vehicle Speed at When Gears Shifting Occurs"
.
With CONSULT-II
Read the gear position, throttle position, and vehicle speed. Refer to
AT-95, "DATA MONITOR MODE" .
Does the A/T shift-up D4 → D5 at the correct speed?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Enter a check mark at “A/T Does Not Shift:D4 → D5” on SCIA5750E

the AT-46, "DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET" , then con-


tinue the road test.

Revision: 2006 November AT-60 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

6. CHECK LOCK-UP A
When releasing accelerator pedal (closed throttle position signal:
OFF) from D5, check lock-up from D5 to L/U.
● Refer to AT-64, "Vehicle Speed at When Gears Shifting Occurs" B
.
With CONSULT-II
Select “TCC SOLENOID” with the “MAIN SIGNALS” mode for “A/T”. AT
Refer to AT-90, "CONSULT-II REFERENCE VALUE" .
Does it lock-up?
YES >> GO TO 7. D
NO >> Enter a check mark at “A/T Does Not Perform Lock-up” SCIA5751E

on the AT-46, "DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET" , then con-


tinue the road test. E

7. CHECK LOCK-UP HOLD


Check hold lock-up. F
With CONSULT-II
Select “TCC SOLENOID” with the “MAIN SIGNALS” mode for “A/T”. Refer to AT-90, "CONSULT-II REFER-
ENCE VALUE" . G
Does it maintain lock-up status?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Enter a check mark at “A/T Does Not Hold Lock-up Condition” on the AT-46, "DIAGNOSTIC H
WORKSHEET" , then continue the road test.

8. CHECK LOCK-UP RELEASE I


Check lock-up cancellation by depressing brake pedal lightly to
decelerate.
J
With CONSULT-II
Select “TCC SOLENOID” with the “MAIN SIGNALS” mode for “A/T”.
Refer to AT-90, "CONSULT-II REFERENCE VALUE" .
Does lock-up cancel? K
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Enter a check mark at “Lock-up Is Not Released” on the
AT-46, "DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET" , then continue L
the road test.
SCIA5752E

9. CHECK SHIFT-DOWN D5 → D4 M

Decelerate by pressing lightly on the brake pedal.


With CONSULT-II
Read the gear position and engine speed. AT-95, "DATA MONITOR
MODE" .
When the A/T shift-down D5 → D4, does the engine speed drop
smoothly back to idle?
YES >> 1. Stop the vehicle.
2. Go to AT-62, "Cruise Test - Part 2" .
NO >> Enter a check mark at “Engine Speed Does Not Return
to Idle” on the AT-46, "DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET" , SCIA5753E

then continue the road test. Go to AT-62, "Cruise Test -


Part 2" .

Revision: 2006 November AT-61 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Cruise Test - Part 2 NCS00028

1. CHECK STARTING FROM D1


1. Move selector lever into “D” position.

SCIA6291E

2. Accelerate at half throttle.


With CONSULT-II
Read the gear position. Refer to AT-95, "DATA MONITOR MODE" .
Does it start from D1?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Enter a check mark at “Vehicle Cannot Be Started from
D1” on the AT-46, "DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET" , then
continue the road test.

SAT495G

2. CHECK SHIFT-UP D1 → D2
Press the accelerator pedal down all the way and inspect whether or
not the A/T shifts up (D1 → D2) at the correct speed.
● Refer to AT-64, "Vehicle Speed at When Gears Shifting Occurs"
.
With CONSULT-II
Read the gear position, throttle position and vehicle speed. Refer to
AT-95, "DATA MONITOR MODE" .
Does the A/T shift-up D1 → D2 at the correct speed?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Enter a check mark at “A/T Does Not Shift D1 → D2” on SCIA5754E

the AT-46, "DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET" , then con-


tinue the road test.

3. CHECK SHIFT UP D2 → D3
Press the accelerator pedal down all the way and inspect whether or
not the A/T shifts up (D2 → D3) at the correct speed.
● Refer to AT-64, "Vehicle Speed at When Gears Shifting Occurs"
.
With CONSULT-II
Read the gear position, throttle position and vehicle speed. Refer to
AT-95, "DATA MONITOR MODE" .
Does the A/T shift-up D2 → D3 at the correct speed?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Enter a check mark at “A/T Does Not Shift D2 → D3” on SCIA5755E

the AT-46, "DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET" , then con-


tinue the road test.

Revision: 2006 November AT-62 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

4. CHECK SHIFT-UP D3 → D4 AND ENGINE BRAKE A


When the A/T changes speed D3 → D4, return the accelerator
pedal.
With CONSULT-II B
Read the gear position. Refer to AT-95, "DATA MONITOR MODE" .
Does the A/T shift-up D3 → D4 and apply the engine brake?
YES >> 1. Stop the vehicle. AT
2. Go to AT-63, "Cruise Test - Part 3" .
NO >> Enter a check mark at “A/T Does Not Shift D3 → D4” on
the AT-46, "DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET" , then con- D
tinue the road test. Go to AT-63, "Cruise Test - Part 3" . SCIA5756E

E
Cruise Test - Part 3 NCS00029

1. MANUAL MODE FUNCTION


Move to manual mode from “D” position. F
Does it switch to manual mode?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Continue road test and add check mark to “Cannot Be G
Changed to Manual Mode” on the AT-46, "DIAGNOSTIC
WORKSHEET" .
H

SCIA6294E
I

2. CHECK SHIFT-DOWN
J
During manual mode driving, is downshift from M5 → M4 → M3 →
M2 → M1 performed?
With CONSULT-II K
Read the gear position. Refer to AT-95, "DATA MONITOR MODE" .
Is downshifting correctly performed?
YES >> GO TO 2. L
NO >> Enter a check mark at “A/T Does Not Shift” at the corre-
sponding position (5th → 4th, 4th → 3rd, 3rd → 2nd, 2nd
→ 1st) on the AT-46, "DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET" ,
then continue the road test. M
SCIA6295E

3. CHECK ENGINE BRAKE


Check engine brake.
Does engine braking effectively reduce speed in M1 position?
YES >> 1. Stop the vehicle.
2. Perform self-diagnostics. Refer to AT-92, "SELF-
DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-102, "Diagnostic
Procedure Without CONSULT-II" .
NO >> Enter a check mark at “Vehicle Does Not Decelerate by
Engine Brake” on the AT-46, "DIAGNOSTIC WORK-
SHEET" , then continue trouble diagnosis.
SCIA6296E

Revision: 2006 November AT-63 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Vehicle Speed at When Gears Shifting Occurs NCS0002A

Vehicle speed km/h (MPH)


Throttle position
D1 →D2 D2 →D3 D3 →D4 D4 →D5 D5 →D4 D4 →D3 D3 →D2 D2 →D1
58 - 62 90 - 98 140 - 150 201 - 211 197 - 207 122 - 132 74 - 82 34 - 38
Full throttle
(36 - 39) (56 - 61) (87 - 93) (125 - 131) (122 - 129) (76 - 82) (46 - 51) (21 - 24)
46 - 50 72 - 78 108 - 116 136 - 144 89 - 97 64 - 72 30 - 36 11 - 15
Half throttle
(29 - 31) (45 - 48) (67 - 72) (85 - 89) (55 - 60) (40 - 45) (19 - 22) (7 - 9)

● At half throttle, the accelerator opening is 4/8 of the full opening.


Vehicle Speed at Which Lock-up Occurs/Releases NCS0002B

Vehicle speed km/h (MPH)


Throttle position
Lock-up ON Lock-up OFF
Closed throttle 56 - 64 (35 - 40) 53 - 61 (33 - 38)
Half throttle 168 - 176 (104 - 109) 131 - 139 (81 - 86)

● At closed throttle, the accelerator opening is less than 1/8 condition. (Closed throttle position signal: OFF)
● At half throttle, the accelerator opening is 4/8 of the full opening.

Revision: 2006 November AT-64 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Symptom Chart NCS0002C

A
● The diagnostics item numbers show the sequence for inspection. Inspect in order from item 1.
● Overhaul and inspect inside the A/T only if A/T fluid condition is NG. Refer to AT-51, "A/T Fluid Con-
dition Check".
B
Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page
1. Engine idle speed EC-76 AT
2. Engine speed signal AT-126
3. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-134
D
4. Control linkage AT-238
5. A/T fluid temperature sensor AT-137
Large shock. (“N” → “ ON vehicle AT-174, E
D” position) 6. ATF pressure switch 1 and front brake solenoid valve
AT-153
1 Refer to AT-198,
"Large Shock (“N” to 7. CAN communication line AT-106
“D” Position)" .
8. A/T fluid level and state AT-51 F
9. Line pressure test AT-53
10. Control valve with TCM AT-248
11. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible
G
OFF vehicle to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-18, AT-285
"Cross-sectional View" .)
1. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-134 H
2. Control linkage AT-238
AT-178,
3. ATF pressure switch 5 and direct clutch solenoid valve I
AT-157
4. CAN communication line AT-106
Shift
Shock Shock is too large ON vehicle 5. Engine speed signal AT-126
2 when changing D1 → J
D2 or M1 → M2 . 6. Turbine revolution sensor AT-119
AT-121,
7. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-142 K
8. A/T fluid level and state AT-51
9. Control valve with TCM AT-248
OFF vehicle 10. Direct clutch AT-319 L
1. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-134
2. Control linkage AT-238
M
3. ATF pressure switch 6 and high and low reverse clutch AT-180,
solenoid valve AT-161
4. CAN communication line AT-106
Shock is too large ON vehicle 5. Engine speed signal AT-126
3 when changing D2 →
D3 or M2 → M3 . 6. Turbine revolution sensor AT-119
AT-121,
7. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-142
8. A/T fluid level and state AT-51
9. Control valve with TCM AT-248
OFF vehicle 10. High and low reverse clutch AT-317

Revision: 2006 November AT-65 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page
1. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-134
2. Control linkage AT-238
AT-176,
3. ATF pressure switch 3 and input clutch solenoid valve
AT-149
4. CAN communication line AT-106
Shock is too large ON vehicle 5. Engine speed signal AT-126
4 when changing D3 →
D4 or M3 → M4 . 6. Turbine revolution sensor AT-119
AT-121,
7. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-142
8. A/T fluid level and state AT-51
9. Control valve with TCM AT-248
OFF vehicle 10. Input clutch AT-307
1. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-134
2. Control linkage AT-238
AT-174,
3. ATF pressure switch 1 and front brake solenoid valve
AT-153
4. CAN communication line AT-106
ON vehicle 5. Engine speed signal AT-126
Shock is too large
5 when changing D4 → 6. Turbine revolution sensor AT-119
Shift
D5 or M4 → M5 .
Shock AT-121,
7. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-142
8. A/T fluid level and state AT-51
9. Control valve with TCM AT-248
10. Front brake (brake band) AT-285
OFF vehicle
11. Input clutch AT-307
1. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-134
2. Control linkage AT-238
3. CAN communication line AT-106
4. Engine speed signal AT-126
ON vehicle 5. Turbine revolution sensor AT-119
Shock is too large for AT-121,
downshift when accel- 6. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
6 AT-142
erator pedal is
pressed. 7. A/T fluid level and state AT-51
8. Control valve with TCM AT-248
9. Front brake (brake band) AT-285
10. Input clutch AT-307
OFF vehicle
11. High and low reverse clutch AT-317
12. Direct clutch AT-319

Revision: 2006 November AT-66 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page A
1. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-134
2. Control linkage AT-238
B
3. Engine speed signal AT-126
4. CAN communication line AT-106
ON vehicle 5. Turbine revolution sensor AT-119 AT
Shock is too large for AT-121,
6. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
7 upshift when acceler- AT-142
ator pedal is released. 7. A/T fluid level and state AT-51 D
8. Control valve with TCM AT-248
9. Front brake (brake band) AT-285
E
10. Input clutch AT-307
OFF vehicle
11. High and low reverse clutch AT-317
12. Direct clutch AT-319 F
1. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-134
2. Control linkage AT-238
3. Engine speed signal AT-126
G
Shift
4. CAN communication line AT-106
Shock
5. Turbine revolution sensor AT-119 H
Shock is too large for ON vehicle
8 AT-121,
lock-up. 6. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-142
7. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve AT-128 I
8. A/T fluid level and state AT-51
9. Control valve with TCM AT-248
J
OFF vehicle 10. Torque converter AT-285
1. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-134
2. Control linkage AT-238 K
ON vehicle 3. CAN communication line AT-106
4. A/T fluid level and state AT-51
Shock is too large L
9 5. Control valve with TCM AT-248
during engine brake.
6. Front brake (brake band) AT-285
7. Input clutch AT-307
OFF vehicle M
8. High and low reverse clutch AT-317
9. Direct clutch AT-319

Revision: 2006 November AT-67 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-51
AT-121,
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-142
Gear does not change
from D1 → D2 or from AT-178,
ON vehicle 3. ATF pressure switch 5 and direct clutch solenoid valve
M1 → M2 . AT-157
10
Refer to AT-209, "A/T
4. Line pressure test AT-53
Does Not Shift: D1 →
D2" . 5. CAN communication line AT-106
6. Control valve with TCM AT-248
OFF vehicle 7. Direct clutch AT-319
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-51
AT-121,
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-142
Gear does not change
from D2 → D3 or from 3. ATF pressure switch 6 and high and low reverse clutch AT-180,
11 M2 → M3 . ON vehicle solenoid valve AT-161
Refer to AT-211, "A/T
4. Line pressure test AT-53
Does Not Shift: D2 →
D3" . 5. CAN communication line AT-106
6. Control valve with TCM AT-248
OFF vehicle 7. High and low reverse clutch AT-317
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-51
AT-121,
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
No Up AT-142
Shift AT-176,
Gear does not change 3. ATF pressure switch 3 and input clutch solenoid valve
from D3 → D4 or from AT-149
M3 → M4 . ON vehicle
12 AT-174,
Refer to AT-214, "A/T 4. ATF pressure switch 1 and front brake solenoid valve
AT-153
Does Not Shift: D3 →
D4" . 5. Line pressure test AT-53
6. CAN communication line AT-106
7. Control valve with TCM AT-248
OFF vehicle 8. Input clutch AT-307
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-51
AT-121,
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-142
AT-174,
3. ATF pressure switch 1 and front brake solenoid valve
AT-153
Gear does not change
from D4 → D5 or from ON vehicle 4. ATF pressure switch 5 and direct clutch solenoid valve
AT-178,
M4 → M5 . AT-157
13
Refer to AT-216, "A/T 5. Turbine revolution sensor AT-119
Does Not Shift: D4 →
D5" . 6. Line pressure test AT-53
7. CAN communication line AT-106
8. Control valve with TCM AT-248
9. Front brake (brake band) AT-285
OFF vehicle
10. Input clutch AT-307

Revision: 2006 November AT-68 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page A
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-51
AT-121,
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR B
AT-142
AT-174,
3. ATF pressure switch 1 and front brake solenoid valve
AT-153
In “D” or “M” position,
ON vehicle
AT-178, AT
4. ATF pressure switch 5 and direct clutch solenoid valve
14 does not downshift to AT-157
4th gear.
5. CAN communication line AT-106
D
6. Line pressure test AT-53
7. Control valve with TCM AT-248
8. Front brake (brake band) AT-285 E
OFF vehicle
9. Input clutch AT-307
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-51
AT-121, F
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-142
AT-176,
3. ATF pressure switch 3 and input clutch solenoid valve
AT-149 G
In “D” or “M” position, ON vehicle
15 does not downshift to AT-174,
4. ATF pressure switch 1 and front brake solenoid valve
3rd gear. AT-153
5. CAN communication line AT-106 H
No Down 6. Line pressure test AT-53
Shift
7. Control valve with TCM AT-248
I
OFF vehicle 8. Input clutch AT-307
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-51
AT-121, J
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-142
3. ATF pressure switch 6 and high and low reverse clutch AT-180,
In “D” or “M” position, ON vehicle solenoid valve AT-161 K
16 does not downshift to
2nd gear. 4. CAN communication line AT-106
5. Line pressure test AT-53
6. Control valve with TCM AT-248
L
OFF vehicle 7. High and low reverse clutch AT-317
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-51
M
AT-121,
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-142
AT-178,
In “D” or “M” position, ON vehicle 3. ATF pressure switch 5 and direct clutch solenoid valve
AT-157
17 does not downshift to
1st gear. 4. CAN communication line AT-106
5. Line pressure test AT-53
6. Control valve with TCM AT-248
OFF vehicle 7. Direct clutch AT-319

Revision: 2006 November AT-69 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-51
AT-121,
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-142

ON vehicle 3. Direct clutch solenoid valve AT-157


4. Line pressure test AT-53
5. CAN communication line AT-106
6. Control valve with TCM AT-248
When “D” or “M” posi- 7. 3rd one-way clutch AT-305
18 tion, remains in 1st
gear. 8. 1st one-way clutch AT-312
9. Gear system AT-277
10. Reverse brake AT-285
OFF vehicle 11. Forward one-way clutch (Parts behind drum support is
impossible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-285
AT-18, "Cross-sectional View" .)
12. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible
to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-18, AT-285
"Cross-sectional View" .)
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-51
AT-121 ,
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-142

ON vehicle 3. Low coast brake solenoid valve AT-165

Slips/Will 4. Line pressure test AT-53


Not 5. CAN communication line AT-106
When “D” or “M” posi-
Engage
19 tion, remains in 2nd 6. Control valve with TCM AT-248
gear.
7. 3rd one-way clutch AT-305
8. Gear system AT-277

OFF vehicle 9. Direct clutch AT-319


10. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible
to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-18, AT-285
"Cross-sectional View" .)
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-51
AT-121,
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-142
ON vehicle
3. Line pressure test AT-53
4. CAN communication line AT-106
5. Control valve with TCM AT-248
When “D” or “M” posi-
tion, remains in 3rd 6. 3rd one-way clutch AT-305
20
gear. 7. Gear system AT-277
8. High and low reverse clutch AT-317
9. Forward one-way clutch (Parts behind drum support is
OFF vehicle
impossible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-285
AT-18, "Cross-sectional View" .)
10. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible
to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-18, AT-285
"Cross-sectional View" .)

Revision: 2006 November AT-70 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page A
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-51
AT-121,
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR B
AT-142
AT-176,
3. ATF pressure switch 3 and input clutch solenoid valve
AT-149
AT-178, AT
4. ATF pressure switch 5 and direct clutch solenoid valve
AT-157
ON vehicle 5. ATF pressure switch 6 and high and low reverse clutch AT-180,
solenoid valve AT-161 D
When “D” or “M” posi-
21 tion, remains in 4th 6. Low coast brake solenoid valve AT-165
gear. 7. Front brake solenoid valve AT-153
E
8. Line pressure test AT-53
9. CAN communication line AT-106
10. Control valve with TCM AT-248 F
Slips/Will 11. Input clutch AT-307
Not 12. Gear system AT-277
Engage OFF vehicle G
13. High and low reverse clutch AT-317
14. Direct clutch AT-319
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-51 H
AT-121,
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-142
AT-174, I
ON vehicle 3. ATF pressure switch 1 and front brake solenoid valve
AT-153

When “D” or “M” posi- 4. Line pressure test AT-53


22 tion, remains in 5th 5. CAN communication line AT-106 J
gear.
6. Control valve with TCM AT-248
7. Front brake (brake band) AT-285
K
8. Input clutch AT-307
OFF vehicle
9. Gear system AT-277
10. High and low reverse clutch AT-317 L

Revision: 2006 November AT-71 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-51
2. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-134
ON vehicle 3. Line pressure test AT-53
4. CAN communication line AT-106
5. Control valve with TCM AT-248
6. Torque converter AT-285
Vehicle cannot be 7. Oil pump assembly AT-302
started from D1 .
8. 3rd one-way clutch AT-305
23 Refer to AT-206,
"Vehicle Cannot Be 9. 1st one-way clutch AT-312
Started from D1" .
10. Gear system AT-277
OFF vehicle 11. Reverse brake AT-285
12. Forward one-way clutch (Parts behind drum support is
impossible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-285
AT-18, "Cross-sectional View" .)
13. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible
to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-18, AT-285
"Cross-sectional View" .)
Slips/Will 1. A/T fluid level and state AT-51
Not
2. Line pressure test AT-53
Engage
3. Engine speed signal AT-126
Does not lock-up. ON vehicle 4. Turbine revolution sensor AT-119
Refer to AT-219, "A/T
24 5. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve AT-128
Does Not Perform
Lock-up" . 6. CAN communication line AT-106
7. Control valve with TCM AT-248
8. Torque converter AT-285
OFF vehicle
9. Oil pump assembly AT-302
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-51
2. Line pressure test AT-53
3. Engine speed signal AT-126
Does not hold lock-up
ON vehicle 4. Turbine revolution sensor AT-119
condition.
25 Refer to AT-221, "A/T 5. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve AT-128
Does Not Hold Lock-
6. CAN communication line AT-106
up Condition" .
7. Control valve with TCM AT-248
8. Torque converter AT-285
OFF vehicle
9. Oil pump assembly AT-302

Revision: 2006 November AT-72 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page A
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-51
2. Line pressure test AT-53
B
3. Engine speed signal AT-126
Lock-up is not
ON vehicle 4. Turbine revolution sensor AT-119
released.
26 Refer to AT-223, 5. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve AT-128 AT
"Lock-up Is Not
6. CAN communication line AT-106
Released" .
7. Control valve with TCM AT-248
D
8. Torque converter AT-285
OFF vehicle
9. Oil pump assembly AT-302
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-51 E
AT-121,
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
Slips/Will AT-142
Not
AT-178, F
Engage ON vehicle 3. ATF pressure switch 5 and direct clutch solenoid valve
AT-157
4. CAN communication line AT-106

No shock at all or the 5. Line pressure test AT-53 G


clutch slips when 6. Control valve with TCM AT-248
27 vehicle changes
speed D1 → D2 or 7. Torque converter AT-285
H
M1 → M2 . 8. Oil pump assembly AT-302
9. 3rd one-way clutch AT-305

OFF vehicle 10. Gear system AT-277 I


11. Direct clutch AT-319
12. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible
to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-18, AT-285 J
"Cross-sectional View" .)

Revision: 2006 November AT-73 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-51
AT-121,
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-142
3. ATF pressure switch 6 and high and low reverse clutch AT-180,
ON vehicle solenoid valve AT-161
4. CAN communication line AT-106
5. Line pressure test AT-53
6. Control valve with TCM AT-248
No shock at all or the
clutch slips when 7. Torque converter AT-285
28 vehicle changes
8. Oil pump assembly AT-302
speed D2 → D3 or
M2 → M3 . 9. 3rd one-way clutch AT-305
10. Gear system AT-277
11. High and low reverse clutch AT-317
OFF vehicle
12. Forward one-way clutch (Parts behind drum support is
impossible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-285
AT-18, "Cross-sectional View" .)

Slips/Will 13. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible


Not to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-18, AT-285
Engage "Cross-sectional View" .)
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-51
AT-121,
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-142
AT-176,
3. ATF pressure switch 3 and input clutch solenoid valve
AT-149
ON vehicle
AT-174,
4. ATF pressure switch 1 and front brake solenoid valve
AT-153
No shock at all or the
5. CAN communication line AT-106
clutch slips when
29 vehicle changes 6. Line pressure test AT-53
speed D3 → D4 or
7. Control valve with TCM AT-248
M3 → M4 .
8. Torque converter AT-285
9. Oil pump assembly AT-302
10. Input clutch AT-307
OFF vehicle
11. Gear system AT-277
12. High and low reverse clutch AT-317
13. Direct clutch AT-319

Revision: 2006 November AT-74 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page A
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-51
AT-121,
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR B
AT-142
AT-174,
3. ATF pressure switch 1 and front brake solenoid valve
AT-153
ON vehicle
AT-178, AT
4. ATF pressure switch 5 and direct clutch solenoid valve
AT-157
No shock at all or the
5. CAN communication line AT-106
clutch slips when
D
30 vehicle changes 6. Line pressure test AT-53
speed D4 → D5 or
7. Control valve with TCM AT-248
M4 → M5 .
8. Torque converter AT-285 E
9. Oil pump assembly AT-302
10. Front brake (brake band) AT-285
OFF vehicle
11. Input clutch AT-307 F
12. Gear system AT-277
Slips/Will 13. High and low reverse clutch AT-317
Not G
Engage 1. A/T fluid level and state AT-51
AT-121,
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-142 H
AT-174,
3. ATF pressure switch 1 and front brake solenoid valve
AT-153
ON vehicle
AT-178, I
4. ATF pressure switch 5 and direct clutch solenoid valve
AT-157
When you press the
accelerator pedal and 5. CAN communication line AT-106
shift speed D5 → D4
31 6. Line pressure test AT-53 J
or M5 → M4 the
engine idles or the A/ 7. Control valve with TCM AT-248
T slips.
8. Torque converter AT-285
K
9. Oil pump assembly AT-302
10. Input clutch AT-307
OFF vehicle
11. Gear system AT-277 L
12. High and low reverse clutch AT-317
13. Direct clutch AT-319
M

Revision: 2006 November AT-75 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-51
AT-121,
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-142
AT-176,
3. ATF pressure switch 3 and input clutch solenoid valve
AT-149
ON vehicle
AT-174,
4. ATF pressure switch 1 and front brake solenoid valve
AT-153
5. CAN communication line AT-106

When you press the 6. Line pressure test AT-53


accelerator pedal and 7. Control valve with TCM AT-248
shift speed D4 → D3
32 8. Torque converter AT-285
or M4 → M3 the
engine idles or the A/ 9. Oil pump assembly AT-302
T slips.
10. 3rd one-way clutch AT-305
11. Gear system AT-277
12. High and low reverse clutch AT-317
OFF vehicle
13. Forward one-way clutch (Parts behind drum support is
impossible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-285
AT-18, "Cross-sectional View" .)
Slips/Will 14. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible
Not to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-18, AT-285
Engage "Cross-sectional View" .)
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-51
AT-121,
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-142
3. ATF pressure switch 6 and high and low reverse clutch AT-180,
solenoid valve AT-161
ON vehicle
AT-178,
4. ATF pressure switch 5 and direct clutch solenoid valve
AT-157
When you press the 5. CAN communication line AT-106
accelerator pedal and
6. Line pressure test AT-53
shift speed D3 → D2
33
or M3 → M2 the 7. Control valve with TCM AT-248
engine idles or the A/
8. Torque converter AT-285
T slips.
9. Oil pump assembly AT-302
10. 3rd one-way clutch AT-305

OFF vehicle 11. Gear system AT-277


12. Direct clutch AT-319
13. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible
to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-18, AT-285
"Cross-sectional View" .)

Revision: 2006 November AT-76 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page A
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-51
AT-121,
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR B
AT-142
AT-178,
ON vehicle 3. ATF pressure switch 5 and direct clutch solenoid valve
AT-157
4. CAN communication line AT-106
AT
5. Line pressure test AT-53
6. Control valve with TCM AT-248
When you press the D
accelerator pedal and 7. Torque converter AT-285
shift speed D2 → D1 8. Oil pump assembly AT-302
34
or M2 → M1 the
9. 3rd one-way clutch AT-305 E
engine idles or the A/
T slips. 10. 1st one-way clutch AT-312
11. Gear system AT-277
F
OFF vehicle 12. Reverse brake AT-285
13. Forward one-way clutch (Parts behind drum support is
impossible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-285
G
AT-18, "Cross-sectional View" .)
14. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible
Slips/Will to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-18, AT-285
Not "Cross-sectional View" .) H
Engage
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-51
2. Line pressure test AT-53
I
3. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-134
ON vehicle 4. CAN communication line AT-106
5. PNP switch AT-115 J
6. Control linkage adjustment AT-238
7. Control valve with TCM AT-248
K
With selector lever in 8. Torque converter AT-285
35 “D” position, accelera- 9. Oil pump assembly AT-302
tion is extremely poor.
10. 1st one-way clutch AT-312 L
11. Gear system AT-277
12. Reverse brake AT-285
OFF vehicle
M
13. Forward one-way clutch (Parts behind drum support is
impossible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-285
AT-18, "Cross-sectional View" .)
14. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible
to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-18, AT-285
"Cross-sectional View" .)

Revision: 2006 November AT-77 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-51
2. Line pressure test AT-53
3. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-134
4. ATF pressure switch 6 and high and low reverse clutch AT-180,
ON vehicle solenoid valve AT-161
With selector lever in 5. CAN communication line AT-106
36 “R” position, accelera-
6. PNP switch AT-115
tion is extremely poor.
7. Control linkage AT-238
8. Control valve with TCM AT-248
9. Gear system AT-277
OFF vehicle 10. Output shaft AT-285
11. Reverse brake AT-285
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-51
Slips/Will 2. Line pressure test AT-53
Not
Engage ON vehicle 3. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-134
4. CAN communication line AT-106
5. Control valve with TCM AT-248
6. Torque converter AT-285
7. Oil pump assembly AT-302
While starting off by
accelerating in 1st, 8. 3rd one-way clutch AT-305
37
engine races or slip-
9. 1st one-way clutch AT-312
page occurs.
10. Gear system AT-277
OFF vehicle 11. Reverse brake AT-285
12. Forward one-way clutch (Parts behind drum support is
impossible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-285
AT-18, "Cross-sectional View" .)
13. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible
to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-18, AT-285
"Cross-sectional View" .)

Revision: 2006 November AT-78 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page A
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-51
2. Line pressure test AT-53
B
3. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-134
ON vehicle 4. CAN communication line AT-106
AT-178, AT
5. ATF pressure switch 5 and direct clutch solenoid valve
AT-157

While accelerating in 6. Control valve with TCM AT-248


38 2nd, engine races or 7. Torque converter AT-285 D
slippage occurs.
8. Oil pump assembly AT-302
9. 3rd one-way clutch AT-305
E
OFF vehicle 10. Gear system AT-277
11. Direct clutch AT-319
12. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible F
to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-18, AT-285
"Cross-sectional View" .)
Slips/Will 1. A/T fluid level and state AT-51
G
Not
2. Line pressure test AT-53
Engage
3. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-134
ON vehicle 4. CAN communication line AT-106 H
5. ATF pressure switch 6 and high and low reverse clutch AT-180,
solenoid valve AT-161
6. Control valve with TCM AT-248 I
7. Torque converter AT-285
While accelerating in
39 3rd, engine races or 8. Oil pump assembly AT-302
J
slippage occurs.
9. 3rd one-way clutch AT-305
10. Gear system AT-277
11. High and low reverse clutch AT-317 K
OFF vehicle
12. Forward one-way clutch (Parts behind drum support is
impossible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-285
AT-18, "Cross-sectional View" .) L
13. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible
to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-18, AT-285
"Cross-sectional View" .)
M

Revision: 2006 November AT-79 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-51
2. Line pressure test AT-53
3. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-134
ON vehicle 4. CAN communication line AT-106
AT-176,
5. ATF pressure switch 3 and input clutch solenoid valve
AT-149
While accelerating in
40 4th, engine races or 6. Control valve with TCM AT-248
slippage occurs. 7. Torque converter AT-285
8. Oil pump assembly AT-302
9. Input clutch AT-307
OFF vehicle
10. Gear system AT-277
11. High and low reverse clutch AT-317
12. Direct clutch AT-319
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-51
2. Line pressure test AT-53
3. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-134
ON vehicle 4. CAN communication line AT-106
Slips/Will
Not AT-174,
5. ATF pressure switch 1 and front brake solenoid valve
Engage AT-153
While accelerating in
41 5th, engine races or 6. Control valve with TCM AT-248
slippage occurs. 7. Torque converter AT-285
8. Oil pump assembly AT-302
9. Front brake (brake band) AT-285
OFF vehicle
10. Input clutch AT-307
11. Gear system AT-277
12. High and low reverse clutch AT-317
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-51
2. Line pressure test AT-53
3. Engine speed signal AT-126
ON vehicle 4. Turbine revolution sensor AT-119
42 Slips at lock-up. 5. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve AT-128
6. CAN communication line AT-106
7. Control valve with TCM AT-248
8. Torque converter AT-285
OFF vehicle
9. Oil pump assembly AT-302

Revision: 2006 November AT-80 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page A
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-51
2. Line pressure test AT-53
B
3. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-134
AT-178,
4. ATF pressure switch 5 and direct clutch solenoid valve
ON vehicle AT-157
AT
5. PNP switch AT-115
6. CAN communication line AT-106

No creep at all. 7. Control linkage AT-238 D


Refer to AT-201, 8. Control valve with TCM AT-248
"Vehicle Does Not
Creep Backward in 9. Torque converter AT-285
43 E
“R” Position" , AT-204, 10. Oil pump assembly AT-302
"Vehicle Does Not
Creep Forward in “D” 11. 1st one-way clutch AT-312
Position" 12. Gear system AT-277 F
Slips/Will 13. Reverse brake AT-285
Not
OFF vehicle 14. Direct clutch AT-319
Engage
15. Forward one-way clutch (Parts behind drum support is
G
impossible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-285
AT-18, "Cross-sectional View" .)
16. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible H
to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-18, AT-285
"Cross-sectional View" .)
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-51 I
2. Line pressure test AT-53
ON vehicle 3. PNP switch AT-115
J
Vehicle cannot run in 4. Control linkage AT-238
44
all positions. 5. Control valve with TCM AT-248
6. Oil pump assembly AT-302 K
OFF vehicle 7. Gear system AT-277
8. Output shaft AT-285
L

Revision: 2006 November AT-81 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-51
2. Line pressure test AT-53
ON vehicle 3. PNP switch AT-115
4. Control linkage AT-238
5. Control valve with TCM AT-248
6. Torque converter AT-285

With selector lever in 7. Oil pump assembly AT-302


45 “D” position, driving is 8. 1st one-way clutch AT-312
not possible.
9. Gear system AT-277
10. Reverse brake AT-285
OFF vehicle
Slips/Will 11. Forward one-way clutch (Parts behind drum support is
Not impossible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-285
Engage AT-18, "Cross-sectional View" .)
12. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible
to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-18, AT-285
"Cross-sectional View" .)
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-51
2. Line pressure test AT-53
ON vehicle 3. PNP switch AT-115
With selector lever in 4. Control linkage AT-238
46 “R” position, driving is
not possible. 5. Control valve with TCM AT-248
6. Gear system AT-277
OFF vehicle 7. Output shaft AT-285
8. Reverse brake AT-285
1. PNP switch AT-115
2. A/T fluid level and state AT-51

Does not change M5 3. Control linkage AT-238


→ M4. ON vehicle 4. Manual mode switch AT-169
Does Not
47 Refer to AT-226, "A/T
Change 5. ATF pressure switch 1 AT-174
Does Not Shift: 5th
Gear → 4th Gear" . 6. CAN communication line AT-106
7. Control valve with TCM AT-248
OFF vehicle 8. Front brake (brake band) AT-285

Revision: 2006 November AT-82 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page A
1. PNP switch AT-115
2. A/T fluid level and state AT-51
B
3. Control linkage AT-238
Does not change M4 4. Manual mode switch AT-169
ON vehicle
→ M3.
AT-174, AT
48 Refer to AT-228, "A/T 5. ATF pressure switch 1 and ATF pressure switch 3
AT-176
Does Not Shift: 4th
Gear → 3rd Gear" . 6. CAN communication line AT-106
7. Control valve with TCM AT-248 D
8. Front brake (brake band) AT-285
OFF vehicle
9. Input clutch AT-307
E
1. PNP switch AT-115
2. A/T fluid level and state AT-51
3. Control linkage AT-238 F
Does not change M3 ON vehicle 4. Manual mode switch AT-169
→ M2. 5. ATF pressure switch 6 AT-180
49 Refer to AT-230, "A/T G
Does Not Shift: 3rd 6. CAN communication line AT-106
Gear → 2nd Gear" . 7. Control valve with TCM AT-248
Does Not
Change 8. Front brake (brake band) AT-285 H
OFF vehicle 9. Input clutch AT-307
10. High and low reverse clutch AT-317
1. PNP switch AT-115 I
2. A/T fluid level and state AT-51
3. Control linkage AT-238
J
Does not change M2 ON vehicle 4. Manual mode switch AT-169
→ M1. 5. ATF pressure switch 5 AT-178
50 Refer to AT-232, "A/T
Does Not Shift: 2nd 6. CAN communication line AT-106 K
Gear → 1st Gear" . 7. Control valve with TCM AT-248
8. Input clutch AT-307
L
OFF vehicle 9. High and low reverse clutch AT-317
10. Direct clutch AT-319
Cannot be changed to 1. Manual mode switch AT-169 M
manual mode.
51 2. Turbine revolution sensor AT-119
Refer to AT-225, ON vehicle
"Cannot Be Changed
3. CAN communication line AT-106
to Manual Mode" .
AT-121,
1. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-142
2. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-134
Shift point is high in
52 Others ON vehicle
“D” position. 3. CAN communication line AT-106
4. A/T fluid temperature sensor AT-137
5. Control valve with TCM AT-248

Revision: 2006 November AT-83 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page
AT-121,
1. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-142
Shift point is low in “D” 2. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-134
53 ON vehicle
position.
3. CAN communication line AT-106
4. Control valve with TCM AT-248
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-51
2. Engine speed signal AT-126
3. Turbine revolution sensor AT-119
AT-121,
4. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
ON vehicle AT-142
Judder occurs during
54
lock-up. 5. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-134
6. CAN communication line AT-106
7. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve AT-128
8. Control valve with TCM AT-248
OFF vehicle 9. Torque converter AT-285
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-51
2. Engine speed signal AT-126
ON vehicle
3. CAN communication line AT-106
4. Control valve with TCM AT-248
Strange noise in “R”
55 5. Torque converter AT-285
position.
Others 6. Oil pump assembly AT-302
OFF vehicle 7. Gear system AT-277
8. High and low reverse clutch AT-317
9. Reverse brake AT-285
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-51
2. Engine speed signal AT-126
ON vehicle
3. CAN communication line AT-106
Strange noise in “N”
56 4. Control valve with TCM AT-248
position.
5. Torque converter AT-285
OFF vehicle 6. Oil pump assembly AT-302
7. Gear system AT-277
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-51
2. Engine speed signal AT-126
ON vehicle
3. CAN communication line AT-106
4. Control valve with TCM AT-248
Strange noise in “D” 5. Torque converter AT-285
57
position.
6. Oil pump assembly AT-302

OFF vehicle 7. Gear system AT-277


8. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible
to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-18, AT-285
"Cross-sectional View" .)

Revision: 2006 November AT-84 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page A
1. PNP switch AT-115
2. A/T fluid level and state AT-51
B
3. Control linkage AT-238
Vehicle does not
decelerate by engine ON vehicle 4. Manual mode switch AT-169
brake. 5. ATF pressure switch 5 AT-178 AT
58 Refer to AT-234,
"Vehicle Does Not 6. CAN communication line AT-106
Decelerate by Engine 7. Control valve with TCM AT-248
Brake" . D
8. Input clutch AT-307
OFF vehicle 9. High and low reverse clutch AT-317
10. Direct clutch AT-319 E
1. PNP switch AT-115
2. A/T fluid level and state AT-51
3. Control linkage AT-238 F

Engine brake does ON vehicle 4. Manual mode switch AT-169


59
not work M5 → M4. 5. ATF pressure switch 1 AT-174
G
6. CAN communication line AT-106
7. Control valve with TCM AT-248
OFF vehicle 8. Front brake (brake band) AT-285 H
1. PNP switch AT-115
Others
2. A/T fluid level and state AT-51
I
3. Control linkage AT-238
4. Manual mode switch AT-169
ON vehicle
60
Engine brake does
5. ATF pressure switch 1 and ATF pressure switch 3
AT-174, J
not work M4 → M3. AT-176
6. CAN communication line AT-106
7. Control valve with TCM AT-248 K
8. Front brake (brake band) AT-285
OFF vehicle
9. Input clutch AT-307
L
1. PNP switch AT-115
2. A/T fluid level and state AT-51
3. Control linkage AT-238 M
ON vehicle 4. Manual mode switch AT-169

Engine brake does 5. ATF pressure switch 6 AT-180


61
not work M3 → M2. 6. CAN communication line AT-106
7. Control valve with TCM AT-248
8. Front brake (brake band) AT-285
OFF vehicle 9. Input clutch AT-307
10. High and low reverse clutch AT-317

Revision: 2006 November AT-85 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page
1. PNP switch AT-115
2. A/T fluid level and state AT-51
3. Control linkage AT-238
ON vehicle 4. Manual mode switch AT-169

Engine brake does 5. ATF pressure switch 5 AT-178


62
not work M2 → M1. 6. CAN communication line AT-106
7. Control valve with TCM AT-248
8. Input clutch AT-307
OFF vehicle 9. High and low reverse clutch AT-317
10. Direct clutch AT-319
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-51
2. Line pressure test AT-53
3. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-134
ON vehicle
4. CAN communication line AT-106
5. Direct clutch solenoid valve AT-157
6. Control valve with TCM AT-248
7. Torque converter AT-285
8. Oil pump assembly AT-302
63 Maximum speed low. 9. Input clutch AT-307
Others 10. Gear system AT-277
11. High and low reverse clutch AT-317
OFF vehicle 12. Direct clutch AT-319
13. Forward one-way clutch (Parts behind drum support is
impossible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-285
AT-18, "Cross-sectional View" .)
14 Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible
to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-18, AT-285
"Cross-sectional View" .)
1. Engine idle speed EC-76

Extremely large ON vehicle 2. CAN communication line AT-106


64
creep. 3. ATF pressure switch 5 AT-178
OFF vehicle 4. Torque converter AT-285
With selector lever in 1. PNP switch AT-115
“P” position, vehicle
2. Control linkage AT-238
does not enter parking
condition or, with
selector lever in
another position, park-
65 ON vehicle
ing condition is not
cancelled. 3. Parking pawl components AT-277
Refer to AT-196, "In
“P” Position, Vehicle
Moves When Pushed"
.

Revision: 2006 November AT-86 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page A
1. PNP switch AT-115
2. A/T fluid level and state AT-51
B
Vehicle runs with A/T ON vehicle 3. Control linkage AT-238
66
in “P” position. 4. Control valve with TCM AT-248
5. Parking pawl components AT-277 AT
OFF vehicle 6. Gear system AT-277
1. PNP switch AT-115
D
2. A/T fluid level and state AT-51
ON vehicle
3. Control linkage AT-238
4. Control valve with TCM AT-248 E
5. Input clutch AT-307
Vehicle runs with A/T
in “N” position. 6. Gear system AT-277
67 Refer to AT-197, "In 7. Direct clutch AT-319 F
“N” Position, Vehicle
Moves" . 8. Reverse brake AT-285
OFF vehicle 9. Forward one-way clutch (Parts behind drum support is
impossible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-285
G
AT-18, "Cross-sectional View" .)
Others 10. Low coast brake (Parts behind drum support is impossi-
ble to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-18, AT-285 H
"Cross-sectional View" .)
Engine does not start PG-5,
1. Ignition switch and starter
in “N” or “P” position. SC-10 I
Refer to AT-195,
68 ON vehicle 2. Control linkage AT-238
"Engine Cannot Be
Started in “P” or “N”
3. PNP switch AT-115
Position" . J
PG-5,
1. Ignition switch and starter
Engine starts in posi- SC-10
69 tions other than “N” or ON vehicle K
2. Control linkage AT-238
“P”.
3. PNP switch AT-115
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-51
L
2. Engine speed signal AT-126
3. Turbine revolution sensor AT-119
ON vehicle
70 Engine stall. 4. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve AT-128 M
5. CAN communication line AT-106
6. Control valve with TCM AT-248
OFF vehicle 7. Torque converter AT-285

Revision: 2006 November AT-87 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-51
2. Engine speed signal AT-126
3. Turbine revolution sensor AT-119
Engine stalls when ON vehicle
71 selector lever shifted 4. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve AT-128
“N” → “D”, “R”.
5. CAN communication line AT-106
6. Control valve with TCM AT-248
OFF vehicle 7. Torque converter AT-285
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-51
AT-178,
Others 2. ATF pressure switch 5 and direct clutch solenoid valve
AT-157
AT-174,
3. ATF pressure switch 1 and front brake solenoid valve
AT-153
Engine speed does
ON vehicle
not return to idle. 4. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-134
72 Refer to AT-224,
AT-121,
"Engine Speed Does 5. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-142
Not Return to Idle" .
6. CAN communication line AT-106
7. Control valve with TCM AT-248
8. Front brake (brake band) AT-285
OFF vehicle
9. Direct clutch AT-319

Revision: 2006 November AT-88 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values NCS0002D

A/T ASSEMBLY HARNESS CONNECTOR TERMINAL LAYOUT A

AT

D
SCIA1658E

TCM INSPECTION TABLE


Data are reference value and are measured between each terminal and ground. E
Wire
Terminal Item Condition Data (Approx.)
color

1 R/W
Power supply
Always Battery voltage
F
(Memory back-up)
Power supply
2 R/W Always Battery voltage
(Memory back-up) G
3 L CAN-H – –
K-line (CONSULT-
4 PU/W The terminal is connected to the data link connector for CONSULT-II. –
II signal) H
5 B Ground Always 0 V

– Battery voltage I

6 Y/R Power supply

– 0 V J

Selector lever in “R” position. 0 V


Back-up lamp K
7 Y
relay Selector lever in other positions. Battery voltage

8 P CAN-L – –
L
Selector lever in “N”, “P” positions. Battery voltage
9 Y/R Starter relay
Selector lever in “R”, “D” positions. 0 V
M
10 B Ground Always 0 V

Revision: 2006 November AT-89 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

CONSULT-II Function (A/T) NCS0002E

CONSULT-II can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test mode shown following.
FUNCTION
Diagnostic test mode Function Reference page
Self-diagnostic results Self-diagnostic results can be read and erased quickly. AT-92
Data monitor Input/Output data in the ECU can be read. AT-95
CAN diagnostic support
The results of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read. AT-99
monitor
Performed by CONSULT-II instead of a technician to determine whether each system
Function test —
is “OK” or “NG”.
DTC work support Select the operating condition to confirm Diagnosis Trouble Codes. AT-99
ECU part number ECU part number can be read. —

CONSULT-II REFERENCE VALUE


NOTICE:
1. The CONSULT-II electrically displays shift timing and lock-up timing (that is, operation timing of each sole-
noid).
Check for time difference between actual shift timing and the CONSULT-II display. If the difference is
noticeable, mechanical parts (except solenoids, sensors, etc.) may be malfunctioning. Check mechanical
parts using applicable diagnostic procedures.
2. Shift schedule (which implies gear position) displayed on CONSULT-II and that indicated in Service Man-
ual may differ slightly. This occurs because of the following reasons:
– Actual shift schedule has more or less tolerance or allowance,
– Shift schedule indicated in Service Manual refers to the point where shifts start, and
– Gear position displayed on CONSULT-II indicates the point where shifts are completed.
3. Display of solenoid valves on CONSULT-II changes at the start of shifting, while gear position is displayed
upon completion of shifting (which is computed by TCM).
Item name Condition Display value (Approx.)
ATF TEMP SE 1 3.3 - 2.7 - 0.9 V
0°C (32° F) - 20°C (68°F) - 80°C (176°F)
ATF TEMP SE 2 3.3 - 2.5 - 0.7 V
TCC SOLENOID When performing lock-up 0.4 - 0.6 A
Selector lever in “N”, “P” positions. N/P
SLCT LVR POSI Selector lever in “R” position. R
Selector lever in “D” position. D
Approximately matches the speed-
VHCL/S SE-A/T During driving
ometer reading.
Closely matches the tachometer
ENGINE SPEED Engine running
reading.
LINE PRES SOL During driving 0.2 - 0.6 A
Approximately matches the engine
TURBINE REV During driving (lock-up ON)
speed.
Approximately matches the speed-
VHCL/S SE-MTR During driving
ometer reading.
Front brake engaged. Refer to AT-20 . ON
ATF PRES SW 1
Front brake disengaged. Refer to AT-20 . OFF
Low coast brake engaged. Refer to AT-20 . ON
ATF PRES SW 2
Low coast brake disengaged. Refer to AT-20 . OFF
Input clutch engaged. Refer to AT-20 . ON
ATF PRES SW 3
Input clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-20 . OFF

Revision: 2006 November AT-90 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Item name Condition Display value (Approx.)


A
Direct clutch engaged. Refer to AT-20 . ON
ATF PRES SW 5
Direct clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-20 . OFF
High and low reverse clutch engaged. Refer to AT-20 . ON B
ATF PRES SW 6
High and low reverse clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-20 . OFF
Input clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-20 . 0.6 - 0.8 A
I/C SOLENOID AT
Input clutch engaged. Refer to AT-20 . 0 - 0.05 A
Front brake engaged. Refer to AT-20 . 0.6 - 0.8 A
FR/B SOLENOID
Front brake disengaged. Refer to AT-20 . 0 - 0.05 A
D
Direct clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-20 . 0.6 - 0.8 A
D/C SOLENOID
Direct clutch engaged. Refer to AT-20 . 0 - 0.05 A
High and low reverse clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-20 . 0.6 - 0.8 A E
HLR/C SOL
High and low reverse clutch engaged. Refer to AT-20 . 0 - 0.05 A
Low coast brake engaged. Refer to AT-20 . ON
ON OFF SOL F
Low coast brake disengaged. Refer to AT-20 . OFF
Manual shift gate position (neutral) ON
MANU MODE SW
Other than the above OFF G
Manual shift gate position OFF
NON M-MODE SW
Other than the above ON
H
Selector lever: + side ON
UP SW LEVER
Other than the above OFF
Selector lever: - side ON I
DOWN SW LEVER
Other than the above OFF
Selector lever in “N”, “P” positions. ON
STARTER RELAY J
Selector lever in “R”, “D” positions. OFF
Released accelerator pedal. 0.0/8
ACCELE POSI
Fully depressed accelerator pedal. 8.0/8
K
Released accelerator pedal. ON
CLSD THL POS
Fully depressed accelerator pedal. OFF
Fully depressed accelerator pedal. ON L
W/O THL POS
Released accelerator pedal. OFF
Depressed brake pedal. ON
BRAKE SW M
Released brake pedal. OFF
GEAR During driving 1, 2, 3, 4, 5

Revision: 2006 November AT-91 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

CONSULT-II SETTING PROCEDURE


Refer to GI-36, "CONSULT-II Start Procedure" .
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE
After performing self-diagnosis, place check marks for results on the AT-46, "DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET" .
Reference pages are provided following the items.
Operation Procedure
1. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” on “SELECT DIAG MODE”
screen.
Display shows malfunction experienced since the last erasing
operation.

BCIA0031E

Display Items List


X: Applicable, —: Not applicable
TCM self-
OBD-II (DTC)
diagnosis
Items (CONSULT- MIL*1
Malfunction is detected when... Reference
II screen terms) “A/T” with “ENGINE” with page
CONSULT-II CONSULT-II or
GST
CAN COMM CIR- ● When TCM is not transmitting or receiving CAN communi-
U1000 U1000 AT-106
CUIT cation signal for 2 seconds or more.
● If this signal is ON other than in “P” or “N” position, this is
STARTER RELAY/ judged to be a malfunction.
P0615 — AT-109
CIRC (And if it is OFF in “P” or “N” position, this too is judged to
be a malfunction.)
TCM ● TCM is malfunctioning P0700 P0700 AT-114
● PNP switch 1-4 signals input with impossible pattern.
PNP SW/CIRC ● P position is detected from “N” position without any other P0705 P0705 AT-115
position being detected in between.
● TCM does not receive the proper voltage signal from the
TURBINE REV S/ sensor.
P0717 P0717 AT-119
CIRC ● TCM detects an irregularity only at position of 4th gear for
turbine revolution sensor 2.
● Signal from vehicle speed sensor A/T (Revolution sensor)
not input due to cut line or the like.
VEH SPD SEN/ ● Unexpected signal input during running.
P0720 P0720 AT-121
CIR AT ● After ignition switch is turned ON, unexpected signal input
from vehicle speed sensor MTR before the vehicle starts
moving.
ENGINE SPEED ● TCM does not receive the CAN communication signal
P0725 P0725 AT-126
SIG from the ECM.
TCC SOLENOID/ ● Normal voltage not applied to solenoid due to cut line,
P0740 P0740 AT-128
CIRC short, or the like.
● A/T cannot perform lock-up even if electrical circuit is
A/T TCC S/V good.
FNCTN
P0744 P0744*2 AT-130
● TCM detects as irregular by comparing difference value
with slip rotation.

Revision: 2006 November AT-92 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

TCM self-
OBD-II (DTC)
diagnosis A
Items (CONSULT- MIL*1
Malfunction is detected when... Reference
II screen terms) “A/T” with “ENGINE” with page
CONSULT-II CONSULT-II or B
GST
● Normal voltage not applied to solenoid due to cut line,
L/PRESS SOL/ short, or the like. AT
P0745 P0745 AT-132
CIRC ● TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with
monitor value.
● TCM does not receive the proper accelerator pedal posi- D
TP SEN/CIRC A/T P1705 P1705 AT-134
tion signals (input by CAN communication) from ECM.
ATF TEMP SEN/ ● During running, the A/T fluid temperature sensor signal
P1710 P0710 AT-137
CIRC voltage is excessively high or low. E
● Signal (CAN communication) from vehicle speed sensor
VEH SPD SE/CIR- MTR not input due to cut line or the like. P1721 — AT-142
MTR
● Unexpected signal input during running.
F
● Except during shift change, the gear position and ATF
A/T INTERLOCK pressure switch states are monitored and comparative P1730 P1730 AT-144
judgement made.
G
● Each ATF pressure switch and solenoid current is moni-
A/T 1ST E/BRAK- tored and if a pattern is detected having engine braking 1st
P1731 — AT-147
ING gear other than in the M1 position, a malfunction is
detected. H
● Normal voltage not applied to solenoid due to functional
I/C SOLENOID/ malfunction, cut line, short, or the like.
P1752 P1752 AT-149 I
CIRC ● TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with
monitor value.
● TCM detects that actual gear ratio is irregular, and relation
between gear position and condition of ATF pressure J
switch 3 is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal.
I/C SOLENOID (Other than during shift change.)
FNCTN
P1754 P1754*2 AT-151
● TCM detects that relation between gear position and con- K
dition of ATF pressure switch 3 is irregular during releas-
ing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change.)
● Normal voltage not applied to solenoid due to functional L
FR/B SOLENOID/ malfunction, cut line, short, or the like.
P1757 P1757 AT-153
CIRC ● TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with
monitor value.
M
● TCM detects that actual gear ratio is irregular, and relation
between gear position and condition of ATF pressure
switch 1 is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal.
FR/B SOLENOID (Other than during shift change.)
FNCT
P1759 P1759*2 AT-155
● TCM detects that relation between gear position and con-
dition of ATF pressure switch 1 is irregular during releas-
ing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change.)
● Normal voltage not applied to solenoid due to cut line,
D/C SOLENOID/ short, or the like.
P1762 P1762 AT-157
CIRC ● TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with
monitor value.

Revision: 2006 November AT-93 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

TCM self-
OBD-II (DTC)
diagnosis
Items (CONSULT- MIL*1
Malfunction is detected when... Reference
II screen terms) “A/T” with “ENGINE” with page
CONSULT-II CONSULT-II or
GST
● TCM detects that actual gear ratio is irregular, and relation
between gear position and condition of ATF pressure
switch 5 is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal.
D/C SOLENOID (Other than during shift change.) P1764 P1764*2 AT-159
FNCTN
● TCM detects that relation between gear position and con-
dition of ATF pressure switch 5 is irregular during releas-
ing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change.)
● Normal voltage not applied to solenoid due to functional
malfunction, cut line, short, or the like.
HLR/C SOL/CIRC P1767 P1767 AT-161
● TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with
monitor value.
● TCM detects that actual gear ratio is irregular, and relation
between gear position and condition of ATF pressure
switch 6 is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal.
HLR/C SOL (Other than during shift change.)
FNCTN
P1769 P1769*2 AT-163
● TCM detects that relation between gear position and con-
dition of ATF pressure switch 6 is irregular during releas-
ing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change.)
LC/B SOLENOID/ ● Normal voltage not applied to solenoid due to functional
P1772 P1772 AT-165
CIRC malfunction, cut line, short, or the like.
● TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to
operate the solenoid valve.
LC/B SOLENOID
FNCT ● Condition of ATF pressure switch 2 is different from moni- P1774 P1774*2 AT-167
tor value, and relation between gear position and actual
gear ratio is irregular.
MANU MODE SW/ ● When an impossible pattern of switch signals is detected,
P1815 — AT-169
CIRC a malfunction is detected.
● TCM detects that actual gear ratio is normal, and relation
ATF PRES SW 1/ between gear position and condition of ATF pressure
P1841 — AT-174
CIRC switch 1 is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal.
(Other than during shift change.)
● TCM detects that actual gear ratio is normal, and relation
ATF PRES SW 3/ between gear position and condition of ATF pressure
P1843 — AT-176
CIRC switch 3 is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal.
(Other than during shift change.)
● TCM detects that actual gear ratio is normal, and relation
ATF PRES SW 5/ between gear position and condition of ATF pressure
P1845 — AT-178
CIRC switch 5 is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal.
(Other than during shift change.)
● TCM detects that actual gear ratio is normal, and relation
ATF PRES SW 6/ between gear position and condition of ATF pressure
P1846 — AT-180
CIRC switch 6 is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal.
(Other than during shift change.)
NO DTC IS
DETECTED FUR-
THER TESTING ● No NG item has been detected. X X —
MAY BE
REQUIRED

*1 : Refer to AT-41, "Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)" .


*2 : These malfunctions cannot be displayed MIL if another malfunction is assigned to MIL.

Revision: 2006 November AT-94 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

How to Erase Self-diagnostic Results


1. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” on “SELECT DIAG MODE” A
screen.

AT

BCIA0031E
D

2. Touch ”ERASE”. (The self-diagnostic results will be erased.)


E

PCIA0061E

DATA MONITOR MODE H


Operation Procedure
1. Touch “DATA MONITOR” on “SELECT DIAG MODE” screen.
I
NOTE:
When malfunctions detected, CONSULT-II performs “REAL-
TIME DIAGNOSIS”. Also, any malfunction detected while in
this mode will be displayed at real time. J

BCIA0031E
L
Display Items List
X: Standard, —: Not applicable, : Option
Monitor Item Selection M
SELEC-
Monitored item (Unit) ECU Remarks
MAIN SIG- TION
INPUT
NALS FROM
SIGNALS
MENU

VHCL/S SE-A/T (km/h) X X Revolution sensor

VHCL/S SE-MTR (km/h) X —

ACCELE POSI (0.0/8) X — Accelerator pedal position signal

Degree of opening for accelerator recognized by


the TCM.
THROTTLE POSI (0.0/8) X X
For fail-safe operation, the specific value used
for control is displayed.

CLSD THL POS (ON/OFF) X —


Signal input with CAN communications.
W/O THL POS (ON/OFF) X —

BRAKE SW (ON/OFF) X — Stop lamp switch

Revision: 2006 November AT-95 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Monitor Item Selection


SELEC-
Monitored item (Unit) ECU Remarks
MAIN SIG- TION
INPUT
NALS FROM
SIGNALS
MENU
Gear position recognized by the TCM updated
GEAR — X
after gear-shifting.
ENGINE SPEED (rpm) X X

TURBINE REV (rpm) X X

OUTPUT REV (rpm) X X

GEAR RATIO — X

Difference between engine speed and torque


TC SLIP SPEED (rpm) — X
converter input shaft speed.

F SUN GR REV (rpm) — —

F CARR GR REV (rpm) — —

ATF TEMP SE 1 (V) X —

ATF TEMP SE 2 (V) X —

ATF TEMP 1 (°C) — X

ATF TEMP 2 (°C) — X

BATTERY VOLT (V) X —

ATF PRES SW 1 (ON/OFF) X X (for FR/B solenoid)

ATF PRES SW 2 (ON/OFF) X X (for LC/B solenoid)

ATF PRES SW 3 (ON/OFF) X X (for I/C solenoid)

ATF PRES SW 5 (ON/OFF) X X (for D/C solenoid)

ATF PRES SW 6 (ON/OFF) X X (for HLR/C solenoid)

PNP SW 1 (ON/OFF) X —

PNP SW 2 (ON/OFF) X —

PNP SW 3 (ON/OFF) X —

PNP SW 4 (ON/OFF) X —

1 POSITION SW (ON/OFF) X —

Selector lever position is recognized by the


TCM.
SLCT LVR POSI — X
For fail-safe operation, the specific value used
for control is displayed.
OD CONT SW (ON/OFF) X —

POWERSHIFT SW (ON/OFF) X — Not mounted but displayed.

HOLD SW (ON/OFF) X —

MANU MODE SW (ON/OFF) X —

NON M-MODE SW (ON/OFF) X —

UP SW LEVER (ON/OFF) X —

DOWN SW LEVER (ON/OFF) X —

Revision: 2006 November AT-96 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Monitor Item Selection


A
SELEC-
Monitored item (Unit) ECU Remarks
MAIN SIG- TION
INPUT
NALS FROM
SIGNALS
MENU B
SFT UP ST SW (ON/OFF) — —
Not mounted but displayed.
SFT DWN ST SW (ON/OFF) — —
AT
ASCD·OD CUT (ON/OFF) — —

ASCD·CRUISE (ON/OFF) — —
D
ABS SIGNAL (ON/OFF) — —

ACC OD CUT (ON/OFF) — —


Not mounted but displayed E
ACC SIGNAL (ON/OFF) — —

TCS GR/P KEEP (ON/OFF) — —

TCS SIGNAL 2 (ON/OFF) — — F


TCS SIGNAL 1 (ON/OFF) — —

TCC SOLENOID (A) — X G


LINE PRES SOL (A) — X

I/C SOLENOID (A) — X H


FR/B SOLENOID (A) — X

D/C SOLENOID (A) — X


I
HLR/C SOL (A) — X

ON OFF SOL (ON/OFF) — — LC/B solenoid


J
TCC SOL MON (A) — —

L/P SOL MON (A) — —


K
I/C SL MON (A) — —

FR/B SOL MON (A) — —

D/C SOL MON (A) — — L

HLR/C SOL MON (A) — —

ON OFF SOL MON (ON/OFF) — — LC/B solenoid M


P POSI IND (ON/OFF) — —

R POSI IND (ON/OFF) — —

N POSI IND (ON/OFF) — —

D POSI IND (ON/OFF) — —

4TH POSI IND (ON/OFF) — —

3RD POSI IND (ON/OFF) — —

2ND POSI IND (ON/OFF) — —

1ST POSI IND (ON/OFF) — —

MANU MODE IND (ON/OFF) — —

POWER M LAMP (ON/OFF) — —

F-SAFE IND/L (ON/OFF) — —

Revision: 2006 November AT-97 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Monitor Item Selection


SELEC-
Monitored item (Unit) ECU Remarks
MAIN SIG- TION
INPUT
NALS FROM
SIGNALS
MENU

ATF WARN LAMP (ON/OFF) — — Not mounted but displayed.

BACK-UP LAMP (ON/OFF) — —

STARTER RELAY (ON/OFF) — —

PNP SW3 MON (ON/OFF) — —

C/V CLB ID1 — —

C/V CLB ID2 — —

C/V CLB ID3 — —

UNIT CLB ID1 — —

UNIT CLB ID2 — —

UNIT CLB ID3 — —

TRGT GR RATIO — —

TRGT PRES TCC (kPa) — —

TRGT PRES L/P (kPa) — —

TRGT PRES I/C (kPa) — —

TRGT PRE FR/B (kPa) — —

TRGT PRES D/C (kPa) — —

TRG PRE HLR/C (kPa) — —

SHIFT PATTERN — —

DRV CST JUDGE — —

START RLY MON — —

NEXT GR POSI — —

SHIFT MODE — —

MANU GR POSI — —

VEHICLE SPEED (km/h) — X Vehicle speed recognized by the TCM.

Displays the value measured by the voltage


Voltage (V) — —
probe.

Frequency (Hz) — —

DUTY-HI (high) (%) — —


The value measured by the pulse probe is dis-
DUTY-LOW (low) (%) — —
played.
PLS WIDTH-HI (ms) — —

PLS WIDTH-LOW (ms) — —

Revision: 2006 November AT-98 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

CAN DIAGNOSTIC SUPPORT MONITOR MODE


Operation Procedure A
1. Touch “CAN DAIG SUPPORT MNTR” on “SELECT DIAG
MODE” screen. Refer to LAN-45, "CAN Diagnostic Support
Monitor" . B

AT

D
BCIA0031E

DTC WORK SUPPORT MODE E


Operation Procedure
1. Touch “DTC WORK SUPPORT” on “SELECT DIAG MODE”
screen.
F

BCIA0031E

I
2. Touch select item menu.

L
SCIA0512E

3. Touch “START”.
M

SCIA5159E

Revision: 2006 November AT-99 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

4. Perform driving test according to “DTC CONFIRMATION PRO-


CEDURE” in “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC”.

SCIA5160E

● When testing conditions are satisfied, CONSULT-II screen


changes from “OUT OF CONDITION” to “TESTING”.

SCIA5161E

5. Stop vehicle.

SCIA5164E

● If “NG” appears on the screen, malfunction may exist. Go to


“Diagnostic Procedure”.

SCIA5162E

6. Perform test drive to check gear shift feeling in accordance with


instructions displayed.
7. Touch “YES” or “NO”.
8. CONSULT-II procedure ended.

SCIA5163E

Revision: 2006 November AT-100 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

● If “NG” appears on the screen, malfunction may exist. Go to


“Diagnostic Procedure”. A

AT

SCIA5162E
D
Display Items List
DTC work support item Description Check item
E
I/C SOL FUNCTN CHECK* — —
FR/B SOL FUNCTN CHECK* — —
D/C SOL FUNCTN CHECK* — — F
HLR/C SOL FUNCTN CHECK* — —
LC/B SOL FUNCTN CHECK* — —
G
Following items for “TCC solenoid function (lock-up) ” can be con-
firmed.
● TCC solenoid valve
TCC SOL FUNCTN CHECK ● Self-diagnosis status (whether the diagnosis is being performed
or not) ● Hydraulic control circuit H
● Self-diagnostic results (OK or NG)
*: Do not use, but displayed.
I

Revision: 2006 November AT-101 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Diagnostic Procedure Without CONSULT-II NCS0002F

OBD-II SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (WITH GST)


Refer to EC-133, "Generic Scan Tool (GST) Function" .
OBD-II SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (NO TOOLS)
Refer to EC-62, "Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)" .
TCM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (NO TOOLS)
Description
When the ignition switch is turned ON, the indicator lamp lights up 2 seconds. As a method for locating the
suspect circuit, when the self-diagnostics start signal is input, the memory for the malfunction location is output
and A/T CHECK indicator lamp flashes to display the corresponding DTC.
Diagnostic Procedure
1. CHECK A/T CHECK INDICATOR LAMP
1. Start the engine with selector lever in “P” position. Warm engine
to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch ON and OFF at least twice, then leave it in
the OFF position.
3. Wait 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
Does A/T CHECK indicator lamp come on for about 2 seconds?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Go to AT-195, "A/T Check Indicator Lamp Does Not
Come On" . SCIA6325E

Revision: 2006 November AT-102 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

2. JUDGEMENT PROCEDURE STEP 1 A


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Keep pressing shift lock release button.
B

AT

SCIA6384E
E
3. Move selector lever from “P” to “D” position.
4. Release accelerator pedal. (Set the closed throttle position sig-
nal ON.) F

H
SCIA6291E

5. Depress brake pedal. (Stop lamp switch signal ON.) I


6. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
7. Wait 3 seconds.
J
>> GO TO 3.

SAT797A L

Revision: 2006 November AT-103 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

3. JUDGEMENT PROCEDURE STEP 2


1. Move the selector lever to the manual shift gate side. (Manual
mode switch ON.)

SCIA6294E

2. Release brake pedal. (Stop lamp switch signal OFF.)


3. Move the selector lever to “D” position. (Manual mode switch
OFF.)
4. Depress brake pedal. (Stop lamp switch signal ON.)
5. Release brake pedal. (Stop lamp switch signal OFF.)
6. Depress accelerator pedal fully and release it.

>> GO TO 4.

SCIA5762E

4. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODE


Check A/T CHECK indicator lamp. Refer to AT-105, "Judgement
Self-diagnosis Code" .
If the system does not go into self-diagnostics. Refer to AT-115,
"DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH" , AT-169, "DTC
P1815 MANUAL MODE SWITCH" , AT-186, "CLOSED THROTTLE
POSITION AND WIDE OPEN THROTTLE POSITION CIRCUIT" ,
AT-187, "BRAKE SIGNAL CIRCUIT" .

>> DIAGNOSIS END

SCIA6325E

Revision: 2006 November AT-104 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Judgement Self-diagnosis Code


If there is a malfunction, the lamp lights up for the time corresponding to the suspect circuit. A
No. Malfunctioning item No. Malfunctioning item
1 Revolution sensor AT-121 10 A/T fluid temperature sensor AT-137
B
2 Direct clutch solenoid valve AT-157 , AT-159 11 Turbine revolution sensor AT-119
Torque converter clutch solenoid valve AT-128 , AT-
3 12 A/T interlock AT-144
130 AT
4 Line pressure solenoid valve AT-132 13 A/T 1st engine braking AT-147
5 Input clutch solenoid valve AT-149 , AT-151 14 Start signal AT-109
6 Front brake solenoid valve AT-153 , AT-155 15 Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-134 D
7 Low coast brake solenoid valve AT-165 , AT-167 16 Engine speed signal AT-126
High and low reverse clutch solenoid valve AT-161 ,
8 17 CAN communication line AT-106 E
AT-163
9 PNP switch AT-115

SCIA5767E

Erase Self-diagnosis
● In order to make it easier to find the cause of hard-to-duplicate malfunctions, malfunction information is
stored into the control unit as necessary during use by the user. This memory is not erased no matter how
many times the ignition switch is turned ON and OFF.
● However, this information is erased by turning ignition switch OFF after performing self-diagnostics or by
erasing the memory using the CONSULT-II.

Revision: 2006 November AT-105 2006 350Z


DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE

DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE PFP:23710

Description NCS0002G

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent malfunction detection ability.
Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links
with other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are con-
nected with 2 communication lines (CAN-H line, CAN-L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission
with less wiring. Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
On Board Diagnosis Logic NCS0002H

● This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.


● Diagnostic trouble code “U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT” with CONSULT-II or 17th judgement flicker with-
out CONSULT-II is detected when TCM cannot communicate to other control units.
Possible Cause NCS0002I

Harness or connectors
(CAN communication line is open or shorted.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure NCS0002J

NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” or “MAIN SIGNALS” in “DATA
MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and wait for at least 6 seconds.
4. If DTC is detected, go to AT-108, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

BCIA0031E

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II”.

Revision: 2006 November AT-106 2006 350Z


DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE

Wiring Diagram — AT — CAN NCS0002K

AT

TCWM0259E

Revision: 2006 November AT-107 2006 350Z


DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE

TCM terminals and data are reference value. Measured between each terminal and ground.
Wire
Terminal Item Condition Data (Approx.)
color
3 L CAN-H – –
8 P CAN-L – –

Diagnostic Procedure NCS0002L

1. CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT


With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and start engine.
2. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-
II.
Is any malfunction of the “CAN COMM CIRCUIT” indicated?
YES >> Print out CONSULT-II screen, GO TO LAN section.
Refer to LAN-48, "CAN System Specification Chart"
NO >> INSPECTION END

PCIA0061E

Revision: 2006 November AT-108 2006 350Z


DTC P0615 START SIGNAL CIRCUIT

DTC P0615 START SIGNAL CIRCUIT PFP:25230


A
Description NCS0002M

Prohibits cranking other at “P” or “N” position.


B
CONSULT-II Reference Value NCS0002N

Item name Condition Display value


Selector lever in “N”, “P” positions. ON AT
STARTER RELAY
Selector lever in “R”, “D” positions. OFF

On Board Diagnosis Logic NCS0002O D


● This is not an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
● Diagnostic trouble code “P0615 STARTER RELAY/CIRC” with CONSULT-II or 14th judgement flicker
without CONSULT-II is detected when starter relay is switched ON other than at “P” or “N” position. (Or E
when switched OFF at “P” or “N” position).
Possible Cause NCS0002P
F
● Harness or connectors
(Starter relay and TCM circuit is open or shorted.)
● Starter relay circuit G
DTC Confirmation Procedure NCS0002Q

NOTE:
H
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
I
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” or “MAIN SIGNALS” in “DATA J
MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch “START”.
4. Start engine. K
5. Vehicle start for at least 2 consecutive seconds.
6. If DTC is detected, go to AT-112, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
L

BCIA0031E

Revision: 2006 November AT-109 2006 350Z


DTC P0615 START SIGNAL CIRCUIT

Wiring Diagram — AT — STSIG / Type 1 NCS001RQ

TCWT0373E

Revision: 2006 November AT-110 2006 350Z


DTC P0615 START SIGNAL CIRCUIT

Wiring Diagram — AT — STSIG / Type 2 NCS0002R

AT

TCWT0432E

Revision: 2006 November AT-111 2006 350Z


DTC P0615 START SIGNAL CIRCUIT

TCM terminals and data are reference value. Measured between each terminal and ground.
Wire
Terminal Item Condition Data (Approx.)
color
Selector lever in “N”, “P” positions. Battery voltage
9 Y/R Starter relay
Selector lever in “R”, “D” positions. 0 V

Diagnostic Procedure NCS0002S

1. CHECK STARTER RELAY


With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “SELECTION FROM MENU” in “DATA MONITOR” mode
for “A/T” with CONSULT-II and check monitor “STARTER
RELAY” ON/OFF.

Item name Condition Display value


Selector lever in “N”, “P” positions. ON
STARTER RELAY
Selector lever in “R”, “D” positions. OFF

Without CONSULT-II PCIA0056E

1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)


2. Check voltage between the IPDM E/R connector and ground.
Item Connector Terminal Shift position Voltage (Approx.)

Starter “N”, “P” Battery voltage


E9 53 - Ground
relay “R”, “D” 0 V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 2.

SCIA2103E

2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN A/T ASSEMBLY HARNESS CONNECTOR AND IPDM E/R CONNEC-
TOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/T assembly harness connector and IPDM E/R connector.
3. Check continuity between A/T assembly harness connector and
IPDM E/R connector.
Item Connector Terminal Continuity
A/T assembly harness con-
F6 9
nector Yes
IPDM E/R connector E9 53

4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.


5. Reinstall any part removed.
OK or NG SCIA5439E

OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

Revision: 2006 November AT-112 2006 350Z


DTC P0615 START SIGNAL CIRCUIT

3. CHECK TERMINAL CORD ASSEMBLY A


1. Remove control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-248, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature
Sensor 2" .
2. Disconnect A/T assembly harness connector and TCM connector. B
3. Check continuity between A/T assembly harness connector ter-
minal and TCM connector terminal.
AT
Item Connector Terminal Continuity
A/T assembly harness con-
F6 9
nector Yes
D
TCM connector F502 8
4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
5. Reinstall any part removed. E
OK or NG SCIA5440E

OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Replace open circuit or short to ground and short to power in harness or connectors. F

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM


Check the following. G
● Starter relay, Refer to SC-10, "STARTING SYSTEM" .
● IPDM E/R, Refer to PG-30, "IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE
H
ROOM)" .
OK or NG
OK >> Replace control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-248, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temper- I
ature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

5. CHECK DTC J

Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”.


● Refer to AT-109, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . K
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2. L

Revision: 2006 November AT-113 2006 350Z


DTC P0700 TCM

DTC P0700 TCM PFP:31036

Description NCS0002T

The TCM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal input and output and for power supply. The
TCM controls A/T.
On Board Diagnosis Logic NCS0002U

● This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.


● Diagnostic trouble code “P0700 TCM” with CONSULT-II is detected when TCM is malfunctioning.
Possible Cause NCS0002V

TCM.
DTC Confirmation Procedure NCS0002W

NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” or “MAIN SIGNALS” in “DATA
MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch “START”.
4. Start engine.
5. Run engine for at least 2 consecutive seconds at idle speed.
6. If DTC is detected, go to AT-114, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

BCIA0031E

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II”.
Diagnostic Procedure NCS0002X

1. CHECK DTC
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “SELF DIAG RESULTS” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-
II.
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Perform “DTC confirmation procedure”. Refer to AT-114, "DTC
Confirmation Procedure" .
Is the “TCM” displayed again?
YES >> Replace control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-248, "Con-
trol Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor BCIA0031E

2" .
NO >> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2006 November AT-114 2006 350Z


DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH

DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH PFP:32006


A
Description NCS0002Y

● PNP switch includes a transmission range switch.


● The transmission range switch detects the selector lever position and sends a signal to the TCM. B

CONSULT-II Reference Value NCS0002Z

Item name Condition Display value AT


Selector lever in “N”, “P” positions. N/P
SLCT LVR POSI Selector lever in “R” position. R
D
Selector lever in “D” position. D

On Board Diagnosis Logic NCS00030

E
● This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
● Diagnostic trouble code “P0705 PNP SW/CIRC” with CONSULT-II or 9th judgement flicker without CON-
SULT-II is detected under the following conditions.
F
– When TCM does not receive the correct voltage signal from PNP switch 1, 2, 3 and 4 based on the gear
position.
– When no other position but “P” position is detected from “N” position.
G
Possible Cause NCS00031

● Harness or connectors
PNP switch 1, 2, 3, 4 and TCM circuit is open or shorted. H
● PNP switch 1, 2, 3 and 4
DTC Confirmation Procedure NCS00032
I
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE: J
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
K
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” or “MAIN SIGNALS” in “DATA L
MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch “START”.
4. Start engine. M
5. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 2
consecutive seconds.
ACCELE POSI: More than 1.0/8
6. If DTC is detected, go to AT-117, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
BCIA0031E

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II”.

Revision: 2006 November AT-115 2006 350Z


DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH

Wiring Diagram — AT — PNP/SW NCS00033

TCWM0248E

Revision: 2006 November AT-116 2006 350Z


DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH

Diagnostic Procedure NCS00034

1. CHECK PNP SW CIRCUIT A

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.) B
2. Select “SELECTION FROM MENU” in “DATA MONITOR” mode
for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Check if correct selector lever position (N/P, R or D) is displayed AT
as selector lever is moved into each position.

Item name Condition Display value D


Selector lever in “N”, “P” positions. N/P
SLCT LVR POSI Selector lever in “R” position. R
E
Selector lever in “D” position. D PCIA0034E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. F
NG >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT G


Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-182, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .
OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
I
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following.
J
● The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor.
OK or NG
K
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: 2006 November AT-117 2006 350Z


DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH

4. CHECK SUB-HARNESS
1. Remove control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-248, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature
Sensor 2" .
2. Disconnect park/neutral position switch connector and TCM connector.
3. Check continuity between park/neutral position switch connector
terminals and TCM connector terminals.
Item Connector Terminal Continuity
Park/neutral position switch
F505 1
connector Yes
TCM connector F503 13
Park/neutral position switch
F505 2
connector Yes
TCM connector F503 11
SCIA5457E
Park/neutral position switch
F505 3
connector Yes
TCM connector F503 12
Park/neutral position switch
F505 5
connector Yes
TCM connector F503 14
4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
5. Reinstall any part removed.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-248, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temper-
ature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Replace open circuit or short to ground and short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK DTC
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”.
● Refer to AT-115, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.

Revision: 2006 November AT-118 2006 350Z


DTC P0717 TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR

DTC P0717 TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR PFP:31935


A
Description NCS0019V

The turbine revolution sensor detects input shaft rpm (revolutions per minute). It is located on the input side of
the A/T. Monitors revolution of sensor 1 and sensor 2 for non-standard conditions. B
CONSULT-II Reference Value NCS0019W

Item name Condition Display value AT


TURBINE REV During driving (lock-up ON) Approximately matches the engine speed.

On Board Diagnosis Logic NCS0019X


D
● This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
● Diagnostic trouble code “P0717 TURBINE REV S/CIRC” with CONSULT-II or 11th judgement flicker with-
out CONSULT-II is detected under the following conditions. E
– When TCM does not receive the proper voltage signal from the sensor.
– When TCM detects an irregularity only at position of 4th gear for turbine revolution sensor 2.
F
Possible Cause NCS0019Y

● Harness or connectors
(Sensor circuit is open or shorted.) G
● Turbine revolution sensor 1 and/or 2
DTC Confirmation Procedure NCS0019Z

H
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and I
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
J
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “SELECTION FROM MENU” in “DATA MONITOR” mode
K
for “A/T” with CONSULT-II and check monitor “VHCL/S SE-A/T”,
“ACCELE POSI”, “ENGINE SPEED”, “SLCT LVR POSI” and
“GEAR”.
3. Touch “START”. L
4. Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least 5
consecutive seconds.
VHCL/S SE-A/T: 40 km/h (25 MPH) or more M
ACCELE POSI: More than 0.5/8
ENGINE SPEED: 1,500 rpm or more BCIA0031E

SLCT LVR POSI: “D” position


GEAR (Turbine revolution sensor 1): “4” or “5” position
GEAR (Turbine revolution sensor 2): All positions
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test.
5. If DTC is detected, go to AT-120, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II”.

Revision: 2006 November AT-119 2006 350Z


DTC P0717 TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR

Diagnostic Procedure NCS001A0

1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL


With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for
“A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Vehicle start and read out the value of “TURBINE REV”.
Item name Condition Display value
Approximately matches
TURBINE REV During driving (lock-up ON)
the engine speed.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. PCIA0041E
NG >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT


Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-182, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM


Check the following.
● The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-248, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Tem-
perature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

4. CHECK DTC
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. Refer to AT-119, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.

Revision: 2006 November AT-120 2006 350Z


DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)

DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR) PFP:32702


A
Description NCS00035

The revolution sensor detects the revolution of the parking gear and emits a pulse signal. The pulse signal is
sent to the TCM which converts it into vehicle speed. B
CONSULT-II Reference Value NCS00036

Item name Condition Display value AT


VHCL/S SE-A/T During driving Approximately matches the speedometer reading.

On Board Diagnosis Logic NCS00037


D
● This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
● Diagnostic trouble code “P0720 VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT” with CONSULT-II or 1st judgement flicker without
CONSULT-II is detected under the following conditions. E
– When TCM does not receive the proper voltage signal from the sensor.
– After ignition switch is turned ON, irregular signal input from vehicle speed sensor MTR before the vehicle
starts moving. F
Possible Cause NCS00038

● Harness or connectors G
(Sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
● Revolution sensor
● Vehicle speed sensor MTR H
DTC Confirmation Procedure NCS00039

CAUTION:
● Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. I
● Be careful not to rev engine into the red zone on the tachometer.
NOTE:
J
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
K
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for L
“A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch “START”.
4. Drive vehicle and check for an increase of “VHCL/S SE-A/T” M
value in response to “VHCL/S SE-MTR” value.
If the check result is NG, go to AT-124, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If the check result is OK, go to following step.
5. Select “SELECTION FROM MENU” in “DATA MONITOR” mode
for “A/T” with CONSULT-II and check monitor “VHCL/S SE-A/T”, BCIA0031E
“ACCELE POSI”, “ENGINE SPEED” and “SLCT LVR POSI”.
6. Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds.
VHCL/S SE-A/T: 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more
ACCELE POSI: More than 1.0/8
SLCT LVR POSI: “D” position
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test.
If the check result is NG, go to AT-124, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If the check result is OK, go to following step.
7. Maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds.
ENGINE SPEED: 3,500 rpm or more
ACCELE POSI: More than 1.0/8

Revision: 2006 November AT-121 2006 350Z


DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)

SLCT LVR POSI: “D” position


Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test.
8. If DTC is detected, go to AT-124, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II”.

Revision: 2006 November AT-122 2006 350Z


DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)

Wiring Diagram — AT — VSSA/T NCS0003A

AT

TCWM0249E

Revision: 2006 November AT-123 2006 350Z


DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)

Diagnostic Procedure NCS0003B

1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL


With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for
“A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine.
4. Read out the value of “VHCL/S SE-A/T” while driving.
Check the value changes according to driving speed.

Item name Condition Display value


Approximately matches
VHCL/S SE-A/T During driving
the speedometer reading.
SCIA2148E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT


Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-182, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM


Check the following.
● The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: 2006 November AT-124 2006 350Z


DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)

4. CHECK SUB-HARNESS A
1. Remove control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-248, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature
Sensor 2" .
2. Disconnect park/neutral position switch connector and TCM connector. B
3. Check continuity between park/neutral position switch connector
terminals and TCM connector terminals.
AT
Item Connector Terminal Continuity
Park/neutral position switch
F505 8
connector Yes
D
TCM connector F503 20
Park/neutral position switch
F505 9
connector Yes E
TCM connector F503 17
SCIA5458E
Park/neutral position switch
F505 10
connector Yes F
TCM connector F503 16
4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
5. Reinstall any part removed. G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace open circuit or short to ground and short to power in harness or connectors. H

5. REPLACE THE REVOLUTION SENSOR AND CHECK DTC


I
1. Replace the revolution sensor. Refer to AT-268, "Revolution Sensor" .
2. Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. Refer to AT-121, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG J
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-248, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Tem-
perature Sensor 2" . K
6. CHECK DTC
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. L
● Refer to AT-121, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END M
NG >> GO TO 2.

Revision: 2006 November AT-125 2006 350Z


DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL

DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL PFP:24825

Description NCS0003C

The engine speed signal is sent from the ECM to the TCM.
CONSULT-II Reference Value NCS0003D

Item name Condition Display value


ENGINE SPEED Engine running Closely matches the tachometer reading.

On Board Diagnosis Logic NCS0003E

● This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.


● Diagnostic trouble code “P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIG” with CONSULT-II or 16th judgement flicker without
CONSULT-II is detected when TCM does not receive the ignition signal from ECM during engine cranking
or running.
Possible Cause NCS0003F

Harness or connectors
(ECM to TCM circuit is open or shorted.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure NCS0003G

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “SELECTION FROM MENU” in “DATA MONITOR” mode
for “A/T” with CONSULT-II and check monitor “VHCL/S SE-A/T”,
“ACCELE POSI” and “SLCT LVR POSI”.
3. Touch “START”.
4. Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least 10
consecutive seconds.
VHCL/S SE-A/T: 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more
ACCELE POSI: More than 1.0/8
SLCT LVR POSI: “D” position
BCIA0031E
5. If DTC is detected, go to AT-127, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II”.

Revision: 2006 November AT-126 2006 350Z


DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL

Diagnostic Procedure NCS0003H

1. CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION LINE A

Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-92, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-102, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure Without CONSULT-II" . B
Is a malfunction in the CAN communication indicated in the results?
YES >> Check CAN communication line. Refer to AT-106, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
NO >> GO TO 2. AT

2. CHECK DTC WITH TCM


D
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for E
“A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. While monitoring engine speed, check for engine speed change
corresponding to wide-open throttle position signal.
F
Item name Condition Display value
Closely matches the tachometer
ENGINE SPEED Engine running
reading. G
OK or NG
PCIA0041E
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Check the ignition signal circuit. H
● Refer to EC-699, "IGNITION SIGNAL" .

3. CHECK DTC I

Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”.


● Refer to AT-126, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . J
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 4. K

4. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT


Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-182, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR- L
CUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. M
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM


Check the following.
● The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-248, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temper-
ature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: 2006 November AT-127 2006 350Z


DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE

DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE PFP:31940

Description NCS0003I

● Torque converter clutch solenoid valve is activated, with the gear in D4 , D5 , M2, M3, M4 and M5 by the
TCM in response to signals sent from the vehicle speed sensor and accelerator pedal position sensor
(throttle position sensor). Torque converter clutch piston operation will then be controlled.
● Lock-up operation, however, is prohibited when A/T fluid temperature is too low.
● When the accelerator pedal is depressed (less than 1.0/8) in lock-up condition, the engine speed should
not change abruptly. If there is a big jump in engine speed, there is no lock-up.
CONSULT-II Reference Value NCS0003J

Item name Condition Display value (Approx.)


TCC SOLENOID When performing lock-up 0.4 - 0.6 A

On Board Diagnosis Logic NCS0003K

● This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.


● Diagnostic trouble code “P0740 TCC SOLENOID/CIRC” with CONSULT-II or 3rd judgement flicker with-
out CONSULT-II is detected under the following conditions.
– When TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to operate the solenoid valve.
– When TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with monitor value.
Possible Cause NCS0003L

● Torque converter clutch solenoid valve


● Harness or connectors
(Solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure NCS0003M

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “SELECTION FROM MENU” in “DATA MONITOR” mode
for “A/T” with CONSULT-II and check monitor “VHCL/S SE-A/T”,
“ACCELE POSI” and “SLCT LVR POSI”.
3. Touch “START”.
4. Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least 5
consecutive seconds.
VHCL/S SE-A/T: 80 km/h (50 MPH) or more
ACCELE POSI: 0.5/8 - 1.0/8
SLCT LVR POSI: “D” position
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased BCIA0031E

engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions


required for this test.
5. If DTC is detected go to AT-129, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II”.

Revision: 2006 November AT-128 2006 350Z


DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE

Diagnostic Procedure NCS0003N

1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL A

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.) B
2. Select “MAIN SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T”
with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine. AT
4. Read out the value of “TCC SOLENOID” while driving.
Item name Condition Display value (Approx.) D
TCC SOLENOID When performing lock-up 0.4 - 0.6 A
OK or NG
E
OK >> GO TO 4. SCIA4793E

NG >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT F

Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-182, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .
G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. H
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following. I
● The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor.
OK or NG J
OK >> Replace control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-248, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temper-
ature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. K

4. CHECK DTC
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. L
● Refer to AT-128, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
M
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.

Revision: 2006 November AT-129 2006 350Z


DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION (LOCK-UP)

DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION (LOCK-UP) PFP:31940

Description NCS0003O

This malfunction is detected when the A/T does not shift into 5th gear position or the torque converter clutch
does not lock-up as instructed by the TCM. This is not only caused by electrical malfunction (circuits open or
shorted) but also by mechanical malfunction such as control valve sticking, improper solenoid valve operation,
etc.
CONSULT-II Reference Value NCS0003P

Item name Condition Display value (Approx.)


TCC SOLENOID When performing lock-up 0.4 - 0.6 A

On Board Diagnosis Logic NCS0003Q

● This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.


● Diagnostic trouble code “P0744 A/T TCC S/V FNCTN” with CONSULT-II or 3rd judgement flicker without
CONSULT-II is detected under the following conditions.
– When A/T cannot perform lock-up even if electrical circuit is good.
– When TCM detects as irregular by comparing difference value with slip rotation.
Possible Cause NCS0003R

● Harness or connectors
(Solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
● Torque converter clutch solenoid valve
● Hydraulic control circuit
DTC Confirmation Procedure NCS0003S

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and Select “TCC SOL FUNCTN CHECK” of “DTC
WORK SUPPORT” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II and touch
“START”.
2. Accelerate vehicle to more than 80 km/h (50 MPH) and maintain
the following condition continuously until “TESTING” has turned
to “COMPLETE”. (It will take approximately 30 seconds after
“TESTING” shows.)
ACCELE POSI: More than 1.0/8 (at all times during step 4)
TCC SOLENOID: 0.4 - 0.6 A
SLCT LVR POSI: “D” position
[Reference speed: Constant speed of more than 80 km/h (50 BCIA0031E
MPH)]
– Make sure “GEAR” shows “5”.
– For shift schedule, refer to AT-343, "Vehicle Speed at Which Lock-up Occurs/Releases" .
– If “TESTING” does not appear on CONSULT-II for a long time, select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”. In
case a 1st trip DTC other than P0744 is shown, refer to applicable “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR
DTC”.
3. Make sure that “OK” is displayed. (If “NG” is displayed, refer to AT-131, "Diagnostic Procedure" .)
Refer to shift schedule, AT-343, "Vehicle Speed at Which Lock-up Occurs/Releases" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II”.

Revision: 2006 November AT-130 2006 350Z


DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION (LOCK-UP)

Diagnostic Procedure NCS0003T

1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL A

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.) B
2. Select “MAIN SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T”
with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine. AT
4. Read out the value of “TCC SOLENOID” while driving.
Item name Condition Display value (Approx.) D
TCC SOLENOID When performing lock-up 0.4 - 0.6 A
OK or NG
E
OK >> GO TO 4. SCIA4793E

NG >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT F

Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-182, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .
G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. H
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following. I
● The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor.
OK or NG J
OK >> Replace control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-248, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temper-
ature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. K

4. CHECK DTC
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. L
● Refer to AT-130, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
M
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.

Revision: 2006 November AT-131 2006 350Z


DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE

DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE PFP:31940

Description NCS0003U

The line pressure solenoid valve regulates oil pump discharge pressure to suit the driving condition in
response to a signal sent from the TCM.
CONSULT-II Reference Value NCS0003V

Item name Condition Display value (Approx.)


LINE PRES SOL During driving 0.2 - 0.6 A

On Board Diagnosis Logic NCS0003W

● This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.


● Diagnostic trouble code “P0745 L/PRESS SOL/CIRC” with CONSULT-II or 4th judgement flicker without
CONSULT-II is detected under the following conditions.
– When TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to operate the solenoid valve.
– When TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with monitor value.
Possible Cause NCS0003X

● Harness or connectors
(Solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
● Line pressure solenoid valve
DTC Confirmation Procedure NCS0003Y

NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “MAIN SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T”
with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch “START”.
4. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
5. If DTC is detected, go to “AT-133, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

BCIA0031E

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II”.

Revision: 2006 November AT-132 2006 350Z


DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE

Diagnostic Procedure NCS0003Z

1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL A

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.) B
2. Select “MAIN SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T”
with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine. AT
4. Read out the value of “LINE PRES SOL” while driving.
Item name Condition Display value (Approx.) D
LINE PRES SOL During driving 0.2 - 0.6 A
OK or NG
E
OK >> GO TO 4. SCIA4793E

NG >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT F

Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-182, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .
G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. H
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following. I
● The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor.
OK or NG J
OK >> Replace control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-248, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temper-
ature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. K

4. CHECK DTC
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. L
● Refer to AT-132, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
M
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.

Revision: 2006 November AT-133 2006 350Z


DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR PFP:22620

Description NCS0004A

Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, accelerator pedal position sensor, throttle
position sensor, etc. The actuator sends a signal to the ECM, and ECM sends signals to TCM with CAN com-
munication.
CONSULT-II Reference Value NCS0004B

Item name Condition Display value (Approx.)


Released accelerator pedal. 0.0/8
ACCELE POSI
Fully depressed accelerator pedal. 8.0/8

On Board Diagnosis Logic NCS0004C

● This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.


● Diagnostic trouble code “P1705 TP SEN/CIRC A/T” with CONSULT-II or 15th judgement flicker without
CONSULT-II is detected when TCM does not receive the proper accelerator pedal position signals (input
by CAN communication) from ECM.
Possible Cause NCS0004D

Harness or connectors
(Sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure NCS0004E

NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for
“A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch “START”.
4. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
5. If DTC is detected, go to AT-135, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

BCIA0031E

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II”.

Revision: 2006 November AT-134 2006 350Z


DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

Diagnostic Procedure NCS0004F

1. CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION LINE A

Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-92, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-102, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure Without CONSULT-II" . B
Is a malfunction in the CAN communication indicated in the results?
YES >> Check CAN communication line. Refer to AT-106, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
NO >> GO TO 2. AT

2. CHECK DTC WITH TCM


D
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for E
“A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Depress accelerator pedal and read out the value of “ACCELE
POSI”.
F
Display value
Item name Condition
(Approx.)
Released accelerator pedal. 0.0/8 G
ACCELE POSI
Fully depressed accelerator pedal. 8.0/8
PCIA0070E

4. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-


II. Refer to AT-92, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3. I

3. CHECK DTC WITH ECM


J
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “ENGINE” with CON- K
SULT-II. Refer to EC-121, "CONSULT-II Function (ENGINE)" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. L
NG >> Check the DTC detected item. Refer to EC-121, "CON-
SULT-II Function (ENGINE)" .
● If CAN communication line is detected, go to AT-106, M
"DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
BCIA0030E

4. CHECK DTC
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”.
● Refer to AT-134, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 5.

Revision: 2006 November AT-135 2006 350Z


DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

5. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT


Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-182, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM


Check the following.
● The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-248, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temper-
ature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: 2006 November AT-136 2006 350Z


DTC P1710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT

DTC P1710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT PFP:31940


A
Description NCS0004G

The A/T fluid temperature sensor detects the A/T fluid temperature and sends a signal to the TCM.
B
CONSULT-II Reference Value NCS0004H

Item name Condition °C (°F) Display value (Approx.)


ATF TEMP SE 1 3.3 - 2.7 - 0.9 V AT
0 (32) - 20 (68) - 80 (176)
ATF TEMP SE 2 3.3 - 2.5 - 0.7 V

On Board Diagnosis Logic NCS0004I D


● This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
● Diagnostic trouble code “P1710 (A/T), P0710 (ENGINE) ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC” with CONSULT-II or 10th
judgement flicker without CONSULT-II is detected when TCM receives an excessively low or high voltage E
from the sensor.
Possible Cause NCS0004J
F
● Harness or connectors
(Sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
● A/T fluid temperature sensors 1 and/or 2 G
DTC Confirmation Procedure NCS0004K

CAUTION:
H
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test. I
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
J
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “SELECTION FROM MENU” in “DATA MONITOR” mode
for “A/T” with CONSULT-II and check monitor “VHCL/S SE-A/T”,
“ACCELE POSI” and “SLCT LVR POSI”. K
3. Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least 10
minutes (Total). (It is not necessary to maintain continuously.)
VHCL/S SE-A/T: 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more L
ACCELE POSI: More than 1.0/8
SLCT LVR POSI: “D” position
4. If DTC is detected, go to AT-139, "Diagnostic Procedure" . M
BCIA0031E

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II”.

Revision: 2006 November AT-137 2006 350Z


DTC P1710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT

Wiring Diagram — AT — FTS NCS0004L

TCWT0374E

Revision: 2006 November AT-138 2006 350Z


DTC P1710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT

Diagnostic Procedure NCS0004M

1. CHECK A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 SIGNAL A

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine. B
2. Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for
“A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Read out the value of “ATF TEMP SE 1”. AT

Item name Condition °C (°F) Display value (Approx.)


ATF TEMP SE 1 0 (32) - 20 (68) - 80 (176) 3.3 - 2.7 - 0.9 V D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> GO TO 3. E
PCIA0039E

2. CHECK A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2 SIGNAL


F
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for G
“A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Read out the value of “ATF TEMP SE 2”.
H
Item name Condition °C (°F) Display value (Approx.)
ATF TEMP SE 2 0 (32) - 20 (68) - 80 (176) 3.3 - 2.5 - 0.7 V
OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 5. PCIA0039E

J
3. CHECK A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1
Check A/T fluid temperature sensor 1. Refer to AT-141, "A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1" .
K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Replace control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-248, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temper-
ature Sensor 2" . L

4. CHECK SUB-HARNESS
M
1. Disconnect park/neutral position switch connector and TCM connector.
2. Check continuity between park/neutral position switch connector
terminals and TCM connector terminals.
Item Connector Terminal Continuity
Park/neutral position switch
F505 6
connector Yes
TCM connector F503 19
Park/neutral position switch
F505 7
connector Yes
TCM connector F503 18
SCIA5461E
3. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace open circuit or short to ground and short to power in harness or connectors.

Revision: 2006 November AT-139 2006 350Z


DTC P1710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT

5. CHECK A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2


Check A/T fluid temperature sensor 2. Refer to AT-141, "A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace A/T fluid temperature sensor 2. Refer to AT-257, "A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR
2 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION" .

6. CHECK TERMINAL CORD ASSEMBLY


1. Disconnect A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 connector and TCM connector.
2. Check continuity between A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 con-
nector terminals and TCM connector terminals.
Item Connector Terminal Continuity
A/T fluid temperature sen-
F507 1
sor 2 connector Yes
TCM connector F502 3
A/T fluid temperature sen-
F507 2
sor 2 connector Yes
TCM connector F502 5
SCIA5462E

3. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace open circuit or short to ground and short to power in harness or connectors.

7. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT


1. Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-182, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND
CIRCUIT" .
2. Reinstall any part removed.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-248, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temper-
ature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

8. CHECK DTC
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”.
● Refer to AT-137, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 1.

Revision: 2006 November AT-140 2006 350Z


DTC P1710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT

Component Inspection NCS0004N

A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 A


1. Remove control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-248, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature
Sensor 2" .
2. Check resistance between terminals. B

Temperature Resistance
Name Connector Terminal
°C (°F) (Approx.)
AT
0 (32) 15 kΩ
A/T fluid temperature
F505 6-7 20 (68) 6.5 kΩ
sensor 1
80 (176) 0.9 kΩ D
3. If NG, replace control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-248, "Control
Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
SCIA5463E
E

A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2


1. Remove A/T fluid temperature sensor 2. Refer to AT-257, "A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION" . F
2. Check resistance between terminals.

Name Connector Terminal


Temperature Resistance G
°C (°F) (Approx.)
0 (32) 10 kΩ
A/T fluid temperature H
F507 1-2 20 (68) 4 kΩ
sensor 2
80 (176) 0.5 kΩ

3. If NG, replace A/T fluid temperature sensor 2. Refer to AT-257,


I
"A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2 REMOVAL AND
INSTALLATION" . SCIA5271E

Revision: 2006 November AT-141 2006 350Z


DTC P1721 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR

DTC P1721 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR PFP:24814

Description NCS0004U

The vehicle speed sensor·MTR signal is transmitted from combination meter to TCM by CAN communication
line. The signal functions as an auxiliary device to revolution sensor when it is malfunctioning. The TCM will
then use the vehicle speed sensor·MTR signal.
CONSULT-II Reference Value NCS0004V

Item name Condition Display value


VHCL/S SE-MTR During driving Approximately matches the speedometer reading.

On Board Diagnosis Logic NCS0004W

● This is not an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.


● Diagnostic trouble code “P1721 VEH SPD SE/CIR-MTR” with CONSULT-II is detected when TCM does
not receive the proper vehicle speed sensor MTR signal (input by CAN communication) from unified
meter and A/C amp.
Possible Cause NCS0004X

Harness or connectors
(Sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure NCS0004Y

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for
“A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch “START”.
4. Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least 5
consecutive seconds.
VHCL/S SE-MTR: 30 km/h (17 MPH) or more
ACCELE POSI: 1.0/8 or less
5. If DTC is detected, go to AT-143, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
BCIA0031E

Revision: 2006 November AT-142 2006 350Z


DTC P1721 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR

Diagnostic Procedure NCS0004Z

1. CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION LINE A

Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-92, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-102, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure Without CONSULT-II" . B
Is malfunction in the CAN communication indicated in the result?
YES >> Check CAN communication line. Refer to AT-106, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
NO >> GO TO 2. AT

2. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL


D
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for E
“A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Drive vehicle and read out the value of “VHCL/S SE-MTR”.
Item name Condition Display value F
Approximately matches the speed-
VHCL/S SE-MTR During driving
ometer reading.

OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 4. SCIA2148E
NG >> GO TO 3.
H
3. CHECK UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP
Check unified meter and A/C amp. Refer to DI-54, "UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP" . I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. J
4. CHECK DTC
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. K
● Refer to AT-142, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END L
NG >> GO TO 5.

5. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT M

Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-182, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM


Check the following.
● The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-248, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temper-
ature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: 2006 November AT-143 2006 350Z


DTC P1730 A/T INTERLOCK

DTC P1730 A/T INTERLOCK PFP:00000

Description NCS00050

Fail-safe function to detect interlock conditions.


On Board Diagnosis Logic NCS00051

● This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.


● Diagnostic trouble code “P1730 A/T INTERLOCK” with CONSULT-II or 12th judgement flicker without
CONSULT-II is detected when TCM does not receive the proper voltage signal from the sensor and
switch.
● TCM monitors and compares gear position and conditions of each ATF pressure switch when gear is
steady.
Possible Cause NCS00052

● Harness or connectors
(Solenoid and switch circuit is open or shorted.)
● Low coast brake solenoid valve
● ATF pressure switch 2
DTC Confirmation Procedure NCS00053

NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “MAIN SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T”
with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch “START”
4. Start engine.
5. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 2
consecutive seconds.
SLCT LVR POSI: “D” position
6. If DTC is detected, go to AT-145, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
BCIA0031E

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II”.

Revision: 2006 November AT-144 2006 350Z


DTC P1730 A/T INTERLOCK

Judgement of A/T Interlock NCS00054

A
When A/T Interlock is judged to be malfunctioning, the vehicle should be fixed in 2nd gear, and should be set
in a condition in which it can travel.
When one of the following fastening patterns is detected, the fail-safe function in correspondence with the indi-
vidual pattern should be performed. B
NOTE:
When the vehicle is driven fixed in 2nd gear, a turbine revolution sensor malfunction is displayed, but
this is not a turbine revolution sensor malfunction. AT
A/T INTERLOCK COUPLING PATTERN TABLE
●: NG, X: OK
Clutch pressure output pattern after fail-safe func-
D
ATF pressure switch output
tion
Fail-safe
Gear position SW6
SW3 SW5 SW1 SW2 function
(HLR/ I/C HLR/C D/C FR/B LC/B L/U E
(I/C) (D/C) (FR/B) (LC/B)
C)
Held in
3rd – X X – ● OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF
2nd gear F
A/T interlock
Held in
coupling pat- 4th – X X – ● OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF
2nd gear
tern
5th X X – X ●
Held in
OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF
G
2nd gear

Diagnostic Procedure NCS00055


H
1. SELF-DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT-II
I
1. Drive vehicle.
2. Stop vehicle and turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. J
4. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-
II.
K

L
BCIA0031E

Without CONSULT-II M
1. Drive vehicle.
2. Stop vehicle and turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-102, "TCM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (NO TOOLS)" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Check low coast brake solenoid valve circuit and function. Refer to AT-165, "DTC P1772 LOW
COAST BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE" , AT-167, "DTC P1774 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID
VALVE FUNCTION" .

Revision: 2006 November AT-145 2006 350Z


DTC P1730 A/T INTERLOCK

2. CHECK DTC
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”.
● Refer to AT-144, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 3.

3. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT


Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-182, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM


Check the following.
● The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-248, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temper-
ature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: 2006 November AT-146 2006 350Z


DTC P1731 A/T 1ST ENGINE BRAKING

DTC P1731 A/T 1ST ENGINE BRAKING PFP:00000


A
Description NCS00056

Fail-safe function to prevent sudden decrease in speed by engine brake other than at M1 position.
B
CONSULT-II Reference Value NCS00057

Item name Condition Display value


Low coast brake engaged. Refer to AT-20 . ON AT
ON OFF SOL
Low coast brake disengaged. Refer to AT-20 . OFF
Low coast brake engaged. Refer to AT-20 . ON
ATF PRES SW 2 D
Low coast brake disengaged. Refer to AT-20 . OFF

On Board Diagnosis Logic NCS00058

E
● This is not an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
● Diagnostic trouble code “P1731 A/T 1ST E/BRAKING” with CONSULT-II or 13th judgement flicker without
CONSULT-II is detected under the following conditions.
F
– When TCM does not receive the proper voltage signal from the sensor.
– When TCM monitors each ATF pressure switch and solenoid monitor value, and detects as irregular when
engine brake of 1st gear acts other than at M1 position.
G
Possible Cause NCS00059

● Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) H
● Low coast brake solenoid valve
● ATF pressure switch 2
I
DTC Confirmation Procedure NCS0005A

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. J
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously preformed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test. K
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.) L
2. Select “SELECTION FROM MENU” in “DATA MONITOR” mode
for “A/T” with CONSULT-II and check monitor “ENGINE
SPEED”, “MANU MODE SW” and “GEAR”. M
3. Touch “START”.
4. Start engine.
5. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 2
consecutive seconds.
ENGINE SPEED: 1,200 rpm
MANU MODE SW: ON BCIA0031E
GEAR: “1” position
6. If DTC is detected, go to AT-148, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

Revision: 2006 November AT-147 2006 350Z


DTC P1731 A/T 1ST ENGINE BRAKING

Diagnostic Procedure NCS0005B

1. CHECK INPUT SIGNALS


With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Select “SELECTION FROM MENU” in “DATA MONITOR” mode
for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Drive vehicle in the “M” position (1st gear), and confirm the ON/
OFF actuation of “ATF PRES SW 2” and “ON OFF SOL”.
Item name Condition Display value
Low coast brake engaged. Refer to AT-20 . ON
ON OFF SOL
Low coast brake disengaged. Refer to AT-20 . OFF
Low coast brake engaged. Refer to AT-20 . ON SCIA4670E
ATF PRES SW 2
Low coast brake disengaged. Refer to AT-20 . OFF
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT


Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-182, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM


Check the following.
● The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-248, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temper-
ature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

4. CHECK DTC
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”.
● Refer to AT-147, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.

Revision: 2006 November AT-148 2006 350Z


DTC P1752 INPUT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE

DTC P1752 INPUT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE PFP:31940


A
Description NCS0005C

Input clutch solenoid valve is controlled by the TCM in response to signals sent from the PNP switch, vehicle
speed sensor and accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor). Gears will then be shifted to the B
optimum position.
CONSULT-II Reference Value NCS0005D

AT
Item name Condition Display value (Approx.)
Input clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-20 . 0.6 - 0.8 A
I/C SOLENOID
Input clutch engaged. Refer to AT-20 . 0 - 0.05 A D

On Board Diagnosis Logic NCS0005E

● This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item. E


● Diagnostic trouble code “P1752 I/C SOLENOID/CIRC” with CONSULT-II or 5th judgement flicker CON-
SULT-II is detected under the following conditions.
– When TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to operate the solenoid valve. F
– When TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with monitor value.
Possible Cause NCS0005F
G
● Harness or connectors
(Solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
● Input clutch solenoid valve H
DTC Confirmation Procedure NCS0005G

CAUTION:
I
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test. J
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
K
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “SELECTION FROM MENU” in “DATA MONITOR” mode
for “A/T” with CONSULT-II and check monitor “ACCELE POSI”,
L
“SLCT LVR POSI” and “GEAR”.
3. Touch “START”.
4. Start engine.
M
5. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 5
consecutive seconds.
ACCELE POSI: 1.5/8 - 2.0/8
SLCT LVR POSI: “D” position BCIA0031E
GEAR: “3” Þ “4” (I/C ON/OFF)
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test.
6. If DTC is detected go to “AT-150, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II”.

Revision: 2006 November AT-149 2006 350Z


DTC P1752 INPUT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE

Diagnostic Procedure NCS0005H

1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL


With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “MAIN SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T”
with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine.
4. Read out the value of “I/C SOLENOID” while driving.
Item name Condition Display value (Approx.)

I/C SOLE- Input clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-20 . 0.6 - 0.8 A


NOID Input clutch engaged. Refer to AT-20 . 0 - 0.05 A
OK or NG SCIA4793E

OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT


Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-182, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM


Check the following.
● The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-248, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temper-
ature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

4. CHECK DTC
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”.
● Refer to AT-149, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.

Revision: 2006 November AT-150 2006 350Z


DTC P1754 INPUT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION

DTC P1754 INPUT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION PFP:31940


A
Description NCS0005I

● Input clutch solenoid valve is controlled by the TCM in response to signals sent from the PNP switch, vehi-
cle speed sensor and accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor). Gears will then be B
shifted to the optimum position.
● This is not only caused by electrical malfunction (circuits open or shorted) but also by mechanical mal-
function such as control valve sticking, improper solenoid valve operation. AT
CONSULT-II Reference Value NCS0005J

Item name Condition Display value (Approx.)


D
Input clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-20 . 0.6 - 0.8 A
I/C SOLENOID
Input clutch engaged. Refer to AT-20 . 0 - 0.05 A
Input clutch engaged. Refer to AT-20 . ON E
ATF PRES SW 3
Input clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-20 . OFF

On Board Diagnosis Logic NCS0005K F


● This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
● Diagnostic trouble code “P1754 I/C SOLENOID FNCTN” with CONSULT-II or 5th judgement flicker CON-
SULT-II is detected under the following conditions. G
– When TCM detects that actual gear ratio is irregular, and relation between gear position and condition of
ATF pressure switch 3 is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
– When TCM detects that relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 3 is irregular H
during releasing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
Possible Cause NCS0005L
I
● Harness or connectors
(Solenoid and switch circuits are open or shorted.)
● Input clutch solenoid valve J
● ATF pressure switch 3
DTC Confirmation Procedure NCS0005M
K
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE: L
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
M
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Accelerate vehicle to maintain the following conditions.
ACCELE POSI: 1.5/8 - 2.0/8
SLCT LVR POSI: “D” position
GEAR: “3” Þ “4” (I/C ON/OFF)
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased
engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions
required for this test.
3. Perform step 2 again.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF, then perform step 1 to 3 again.
BCIA0031E
5. Check “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-
II.
If DTC (P1754) is detected, go to AT-152, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If DTC (P1752) is detected, go to AT-150, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If DTC (P1843) is detected, go to AT-177, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

Revision: 2006 November AT-151 2006 350Z


DTC P1754 INPUT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II”.
Diagnostic Procedure NCS0005N

1. CHECK INPUT SIGNALS


With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Select “SELECTION FROM MENU” in “DATA MONITOR” mode
for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Drive vehicle in “D” position (3rd Þ 4th gear), and confirm the
ON/OFF actuation of “ATF PRES SW 3” and electrical current
value of “I/C SOLENOID”.
Display value
Item name Condition
(Approx.)
Input clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-20 . 0.6 - 0.8 A
I/C SOLENOID
SCIA4795E
Input clutch engaged. Refer to AT-20 . 0 - 0.05 A
Input clutch engaged. Refer to AT-20 . ON
ATF PRES SW 3
Input clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-20 . OFF

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT


Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-182, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM


Check the following.
● The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-248, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temper-
ature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

4. CHECK DTC
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”.
● Refer to AT-151, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.

Revision: 2006 November AT-152 2006 350Z


DTC P1757 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE

DTC P1757 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE PFP:31940


A
Description NCS0005O

Front brake solenoid valve is controlled by the TCM in response to signals sent from the PNP switch, vehicle
speed sensor and accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor). Gears will then be shifted to the B
optimum position.
CONSULT-II Reference Value NCS0005P

AT
Item name Condition Display value (Approx.)
Front brake engaged. Refer to AT-20 . 0.6 - 0.8 A
FR/B SOLENOID
Front brake disengaged. Refer to AT-20 . 0 - 0.05 A D

On Board Diagnosis Logic NCS0005Q

● This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item. E


● Diagnostic trouble code “P1757 FR/B SOLENOID/CIRC” with CONSULT-II or 6th judgement flicker with-
out CONSULT-II is detected under the following conditions.
– When TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to operate the solenoid valve. F
– When TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with monitor value.
Possible Cause NCS0005R
G
● Harness or connectors
(Solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
● Front brake solenoid valve H
DTC Confirmation Procedure NCS0005S

CAUTION:
I
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before preforming the next test. J
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
K
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “SELECTION FROM MENU” in “DATA MONITOR” mode
for “A/T” with CONSULT-II and check monitor “ACCELE POSI”,
L
“SLCT LVR POSI” and “GEAR”.
3. Touch “START”.
4. Start engine.
M
5. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 5
consecutive seconds.
ACCELE POSI: 1.5/8 - 2.0/8
SLCT LVR POSI: “D” position BCIA0031E
GEAR: “3” Þ “4” (FR/B ON/OFF)
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test.
6. If DTC is detected go to AT-154, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II”.

Revision: 2006 November AT-153 2006 350Z


DTC P1757 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE

Diagnostic Procedure NCS0005T

1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL


With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “MAIN SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T”
with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine.
4. Read out the value of “FR/B SOLENOID” while driving.
Display value
Item name Condition
(Approx.)
Front brake engaged. Refer to AT-20 . 0.6 - 0.8 A
FR/B SOLENOID
Front brake disengaged. Refer to AT-20 . 0 - 0.05 A
SCIA4793E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT


Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-182, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM


Check the following.
● The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-248, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temper-
ature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

4. CHECK DTC
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”.
● Refer to AT-153, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.

Revision: 2006 November AT-154 2006 350Z


DTC P1759 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION

DTC P1759 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION PFP:31940


A
Description NCS0005U

● Front brake solenoid valve is controlled by the TCM in response to signals sent from the PNP switch, vehi-
cle speed sensor and accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor). Gears will then be B
shifted to the optimum position.
● This is not only caused by electrical malfunction (circuits open or shorted) but also by mechanical mal-
function such as control valve sticking, improper solenoid valve operation. AT
CONSULT-II Reference Value NCS0005V

Item name Condition Display value (Approx.)


D
Front brake engaged. Refer to AT-20 . 0.6 - 0.8 A
FR/B SOLENOID
Front brake disengaged. Refer to AT-20 . 0 - 0.05 A
Front brake engaged. Refer to AT-20 . ON E
ATF PRES SW 1
Front brake disengaged. Refer to AT-20 . OFF

On Board Diagnosis Logic NCS0005W F


● This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
● Diagnostic trouble code “P1759 FR/B SOLENOID FNCT” with CONSULT-II or 6th judgement flicker with-
out CONSULT-II is detected under the following conditions. G
– When TCM detects that actual gear ratio is irregular, and relation between gear position and condition of
ATF pressure switch 1 is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
– When TCM detects that relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 1 is irregular H
during releasing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
Possible Cause NCS0005X
I
● Harness or connectors
(Solenoid and switch circuits are open or shorted.)
● Front brake solenoid valve J
● ATF pressure switch 1
DTC Confirmation Procedure NCS0005Y
K
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE: L
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
M
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Accelerate vehicle to maintain the following conditions.
ACCELE POSI: 1.5/8 - 2.0/8
SLCT LVR POSI: “D” position
GEAR: “3” Þ “4” (FR/B ON/OFF)
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased
engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions
required for this test.
3. Perform step 2 again.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF, then perform step 1 to 3 again.
BCIA0031E
5. Check “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-
II.
If DTC (P1759) is detected, go to AT-156, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If DTC (P1757) is detected, go to AT-154, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If DTC (P1841) is detected, go to AT-175, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

Revision: 2006 November AT-155 2006 350Z


DTC P1759 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II”.
Diagnostic Procedure NCS0005Z

1. CHECK INPUT SIGNALS


With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Select “SELECTION FROM MENU” in “DATA MONITOR” mode
for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Drive vehicle in the “D” position (3rd Þ 4th gear), and confirm
the ON/OFF actuation of the “ATF PRES SW 1” and electrical
current value of “FR/B SOLENOID”.
Display value
Item name Condition
(Approx.)
Front brake engaged. Refer to AT-20 . 0.6 - 0.8 A
FR/B SOLENOID
SCIA4796E
Front brake disengaged. Refer to AT-20 . 0 - 0.05 A
Front brake engaged. Refer to AT-20 . ON
ATF PRES SW 1
Front brake disengaged. Refer to AT-20 . OFF

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT


Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-182, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM


Check the following.
● The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-248, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temper-
ature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

4. CHECK DTC
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”.
● Refer to AT-155, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.

Revision: 2006 November AT-156 2006 350Z


DTC P1762 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE

DTC P1762 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE PFP:31940


A
Description NCS00060

Direct clutch solenoid valve is controlled by the TCM in response to signals sent from the PNP switch, vehicle
speed sensor and accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor). Gears will then be shifted to the B
optimum position.
CONSULT-II Reference Value NCS00061

AT
Item name Condition Display value (Approx.)
Direct clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-20 . 0.6 - 0.8 A
D/C SOLENOID
Direct clutch engaged. Refer to AT-20 . 0 - 0.05 A D

On Board Diagnosis Logic NCS00062

● This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item. E


● Diagnostic trouble code “P1762 D/C SOLENOID/CIRC” with CONSULT-II or 2nd judgement flicker without
CONSULT-II is detected under the following conditions.
– When TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to operate the solenoid valve. F
– When TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with monitor value.
Possible Cause NCS00063
G
● Harness or connectors
(Solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
● Direct clutch solenoid valve H
DTC Confirmation Procedure NCS00064

CAUTION:
I
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test. J
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
K
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “SELECTION FROM MENU” in “DATA MONITOR” mode
for “A/T” with CONSULT-II and check monitor “ACCELE POSI”,
L
“SLCT LVR POSI” and “GEAR”.
3. Touch “START”.
4. Start engine.
M
5. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 5
consecutive seconds.
ACCELE POSI: 1.5/8 - 2.0/8
SLCT LVR POSI: “D” position BCIA0031E
GEAR: “1” Þ “2” (D/C ON/OFF)
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test.
6. If DTC is detected, go to AT-158, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II”.

Revision: 2006 November AT-157 2006 350Z


DTC P1762 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE

Diagnostic Procedure NCS00065

1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL


With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “MAIN SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T”
with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine.
4. Read out the value of “D/C SOLENOID” while driving.
Display value
Item name Condition
(Approx.)
Direct clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-20 . 0.6 - 0.8 A
D/C SOLENOID
Direct clutch engaged. Refer to AT-20 . 0 - 0.05 A
SCIA4793E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT


Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-182, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM


Check the following.
● The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-248, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temper-
ature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

4. CHECK DTC
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”.
● Refer to AT-157, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.

Revision: 2006 November AT-158 2006 350Z


DTC P1764 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION

DTC P1764 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION PFP:31940


A
Description NCS00066

● Direct clutch solenoid valve is controlled by the TCM in response to signals sent from the PNP switch,
vehicle speed sensor and accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor). Gears will then be B
shifted to the optimum position.
● This is not only caused by electrical malfunction (circuits open or shorted) but also by mechanical mal-
function such as control valve sticking, improper solenoid valve operation. AT
CONSULT-II Reference Value NCS00067

Item name Condition Display value (Approx.)


D
Direct clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-20 . 0.6 - 0.8 A
D/C SOLENOID
Direct clutch engaged. Refer to AT-20 . 0 - 0.05 A
Direct clutch engaged. Refer to AT-20 . ON E
ATF PRES SW 5
Direct clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-20 . OFF

On Board Diagnosis Logic NCS00068 F


● This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
● Diagnostic trouble code “P1764 D/C SOLENOID FNCTN” with CONSULT-II or 2nd judgement flicker with-
out CONSULT-II is detected under the following conditions. G
– When TCM detects that actual gear ratio is irregular, and relation between gear position and condition of
ATF pressure switch 5 is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
– When TCM detects that relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 5 is irregular H
during releasing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
Possible Cause NCS00069
I
● Harness or connectors
(Solenoid and switch circuits are open or shorted.)
● Direct clutch solenoid valve J
● ATF pressure switch 5
DTC Confirmation Procedure NCS0006A
K
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE: L
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
M
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Accelerate vehicle to maintain the following conditions.
ACCELE POSI: 1.5/8 - 2.0/8
SLCT LVR POSI: “D” position
GEAR: “1” Þ “2” (D/C ON/OFF)
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased
engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions
required for this test.
3. Perform step 2 again.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF, then perform step 1 to 3 again.
BCIA0031E
5. Check “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-
II.
If DTC (P1764) is detected, go to AT-160, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If DTC (P1762) is detected, go to AT-158, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If DTC (P1845) is detected, go to AT-179, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

Revision: 2006 November AT-159 2006 350Z


DTC P1764 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II”.
Diagnostic Procedure NCS0006B

1. CHECK INPUT SIGNALS


With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Select “SELECTION FROM MENU” in “DATA MONITOR” mode
for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Drive vehicle in the “D” position (1st Þ 2nd gear), and confirm
the display actuation of the “ATF PRES SW 5” and electrical cur-
rent value of “D/C SOLENOID”.
Display value
Item name Condition
(Approx.)
Direct clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-20 . 0.6 - 0.8 A
D/C SOLENOID
SCIA4797E
Direct clutch engaged. Refer to AT-20 . 0 - 0.05 A
Direct clutch engaged. Refer to AT-20 . ON
ATF PRES SW 5
Direct clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-20 . OFF

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT


Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-182, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM


Check the following.
● The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-248, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temper-
ature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

4. CHECK DTC
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”.
● Refer to AT-159, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.

Revision: 2006 November AT-160 2006 350Z


DTC P1767 HIGH AND LOW REVERSE CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE

DTC P1767 HIGH AND LOW REVERSE CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE PFP:31940
A
Description NCS0006C

High and low reverse clutch solenoid valve is controlled by the TCM in response to signals sent from the PNP
switch, vehicle speed sensor and accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor). Gears will then B
be shifted to the optimum position.
CONSULT-II Reference Value NCS0006D

AT
Item name Condition Display value (Approx.)
High and low reverse clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-20 . 0.6 - 0.8 A
HLR/C SOL
High and low reverse clutch engaged. Refer to AT-20 . 0 - 0.05 A D

On Board Diagnosis Logic NCS0006E

● This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item. E


● Diagnostic trouble code “P1767 HLR/C SOL/CIRC” with CONSULT-II or 8th judgement flicker without
CONSULT-II is detected under the following conditions.
– When TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to operate the solenoid valve. F
– When TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with monitor value.
Possible Cause NCS0006F
G
● Harness or connectors
(Solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
● High and low reverse clutch solenoid valve H
DTC Confirmation Procedure NCS0006G

CAUTION:
I
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test. J
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
K
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “SELECTION FROM MENU” in “DATA MONITOR” mode
for “A/T” with CONSULT-II and check monitor “ACCELE POSI”,
L
“SLCT LVR POSI” and “GEAR”.
3. Touch “START”.
4. Start engine.
M
5. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 5
consecutive seconds.
ACCELE POSI: 1.5/8 - 2.0/8
SLCT LVR POSI: “D” position BCIA0031E
GEAR: “2” Þ “3” (HLR/C ON/OFF)
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test.
6. If DTC is detected, go to AT-162, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II”.

Revision: 2006 November AT-161 2006 350Z


DTC P1767 HIGH AND LOW REVERSE CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE

Diagnostic Procedure NCS0006H

1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL


With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “MAIN SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T”
with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine.
4. Read out the value of “HLR/C SOL” while driving.
Item name Condition Display value (Approx.)
High and low reverse clutch disengaged.
0.6 - 0.8 A
Refer to AT-20 .
HLR/C SOL
High and low reverse clutch engaged.
0 - 0.05 A SCIA4793E
Refer to AT-20 .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT


Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-182, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM


Check the following.
● The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-248, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temper-
ature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

4. CHECK TCM
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”.
● Refer to AT-161, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.

Revision: 2006 November AT-162 2006 350Z


DTC P1769 HIGH AND LOW REVERSE CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION

DTC P1769 HIGH AND LOW REVERSE CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION
PFP:31940 A
Description NCS0006I

● High and low reverse clutch solenoid valve is controlled by the TCM in response to signals sent from the B
PNP switch, vehicle speed sensor and accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor). Gears
will then be shifted to the optimum position.
● This is not only caused by electrical malfunction (circuits open or shorted) but also by mechanical mal-
function such as control valve sticking, improper solenoid valve operation. AT

CONSULT-II Reference Value NCS0006J

Item name Condition Display value (Approx.) D


High and low reverse clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-20 . 0.6 - 0.8 A
HLR/C SOL
High and low reverse clutch engaged. Refer to AT-20 . 0 - 0.05 A
E
High and low reverse clutch engaged. Refer to AT-20 . ON
ATF PRES SW 6
High and low reverse clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-20 . OFF
F
On Board Diagnosis Logic NCS0006K

● This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.


● Diagnostic trouble code “P1769 HLR/C SOL FNCTN” with CONSULT-II or 8th judgement flicker without G
CONSULT-II is detected under the following conditions.
– When TCM detects that actual gear ratio is irregular, and relation between gear position and condition of
ATF pressure switch 6 is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change) H
– When TCM detects that relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 6 is irregular
during releasing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
Possible Cause NCS0006L I
● Harness or connectors
(Solenoid and switch circuits are open or shorted.)
J
● High and low reverse clutch solenoid valve
● ATF pressure switch 6
DTC Confirmation Procedure NCS0006M K
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE: L
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated. M
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Accelerate vehicle to maintain the following conditions.
ACCELE POSI: 1.5/8 - 2.0/8
SLCT LVR POSI: “D” position
GEAR: “2” Þ “3” (HLR/C ON/OFF)
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased
engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions
required for this test.
3. Perform step 2 again.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF, then perform step 1 to 3 again.
BCIA0031E
5. Check “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-
II.
If DTC (P1769) is detected, go to AT-164, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If DTC (P1767) is detected, go to AT-162, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If DTC (P1846) is detected, go to AT-181, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

Revision: 2006 November AT-163 2006 350Z


DTC P1769 HIGH AND LOW REVERSE CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II”.

Diagnostic Procedure NCS0006N

1. CHECK INPUT SIGNALS


With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Select “SELECTION FROM MENU” in “DATA MONITOR” mode
for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Drive vehicle in the “D” position (2nd Þ 3rd gear), and confirm
the ON/OFF actuation of the “ATF PRES SW 6” and electrical
current value of “HLR/C SOL”.
Display value
Item name Condition
(Approx.)
High and low reverse clutch disengaged.
0.6 - 0.8 A
Refer to AT-20 . SCIA4798E
HLR/C SOL
High and low reverse clutch engaged.
0 - 0.05 A
Refer to AT-20 .
High and low reverse clutch engaged.
ON
Refer to AT-20 .
ATF PRES SW 6
High and low reverse clutch disengaged.
OFF
Refer to AT-20 .

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT


Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-182, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM


Check the following.
● The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-248, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temper-
ature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

4. CHECK DTC
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”.
● Refer to AT-163, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.

Revision: 2006 November AT-164 2006 350Z


DTC P1772 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE

DTC P1772 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE PFP:31940


A
Description NCS0006O

Low coast brake solenoid valve is turned ON or OFF by the TCM in response to signals sent from the PNP
switch, vehicle speed sensor and accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor). Gears will then B
be shifted to the optimum position.
CONSULT-II Reference Value NCS0006P

AT
Item name Condition Display value
Low coast brake engaged. Refer to AT-20 . ON
ON OFF SOL
Low coast brake disengaged. Refer to AT-20 . OFF D

On Board Diagnosis Logic NCS0006Q

● This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item. E


● Diagnostic trouble code “P1772 LC/B SOLENOID/CIRC” with CONSULT-II or 7th judgement flicker with-
out CONSULT-II is detected when TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to operate the sole-
noid valve. F
Possible Cause NCS0006R

● Harness or connectors
(Solenoid circuit is open or shorted.) G
● Low coast brake solenoid valve
DTC Confirmation Procedure NCS0006S H
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE: I
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated. J
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “SELECTION FROM MENU” in “DATA MONITOR” mode K
for “A/T” with CONSULT-II and check monitor “MANU MODE
SW” and “GEAR”.
3. Touch “START”. L
4. Start engine.
5. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 5
consecutive seconds. M
MANU MODE SW: ON
GEAR: “1” or “2” (LC/B ON/OFF) BCIA0031E
6. If DTC is detected, go to AT-166, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II”.

Revision: 2006 November AT-165 2006 350Z


DTC P1772 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE

Diagnostic Procedure NCS0006T

1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL


With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “SELECTION FROM MENU” in “DATA MONITOR” mode
for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine.
4. Read out the value of “ON OFF SOL” while driving.
Item name Condition Display value

ON OFF Low coast brake engaged. Refer to AT-20 . ON


SOL Low coast brake disengaged. Refer to AT-20 . OFF
OK or NG SCIA4794E

OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT


Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-182, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM


Check the following.
● The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-248, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temper-
ature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

4. CHECK DTC
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”.
● Refer to AT-165, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.

Revision: 2006 November AT-166 2006 350Z


DTC P1774 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION

DTC P1774 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION PFP:31940


A
Description NCS0006U

● Low coast brake solenoid valve is turned ON or OFF by the TCM in response to signals sent from the
PNP switch, vehicle speed sensor and accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor). Gears B
will then be shifted to the optimum position.
● This is not only caused by electrical malfunction (circuits open or shorted) but also by mechanical mal-
function such as control valve sticking, improper solenoid valve operation. AT
CONSULT-II Reference Value NCS0006V

Item name Condition Display value


D
Low coast brake engaged. Refer to AT-20 . ON
ON OFF SOL
Low coast brake disengaged. Refer to AT-20 . OFF
Low coast brake engaged. Refer to AT-20 . ON E
ATF PRES SW 2
Low coast brake disengaged. Refer to AT-20 . OFF

On Board Diagnosis Logic NCS0006W F


● This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
● Diagnostic trouble code “P1774 LC/B SOLENOID FNCT” with CONSULT-II or 7th judgement flicker with-
out CONSULT-II is detected under the following conditions. G
– When TCM detects that actual gear ratio is irregular, and relation between gear position and condition of
ATF pressure switch 2 is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
– When TCM detects that relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 2 is irregular H
during releasing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
Possible Cause NCS0006X
I
● Harness or connectors
(The solenoid and switch circuits are open or shorted.)
● Low coast brake solenoid valve J
● ATF pressure switch 2
DTC Confirmation Procedure NCS0006Y
K
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE: L
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
M
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Accelerate vehicle to maintain the following conditions.
MANU MODE SW: ON
GEAR: “1” or “2” (LC/B ON/OFF)
3. Perform step 2 again.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF, then perform step 1 to 3 again.
5. Check “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-
II.
If DTC (P1774) is detected, refer to AT-168, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" . BCIA0031E
If DTC (P1772) is detected, go to AT-166, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II”.

Revision: 2006 November AT-167 2006 350Z


DTC P1774 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION

Diagnostic Procedure NCS0006Z

1. CHECK INPUT SIGNALS


With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Select “SELECTION FROM MENU” in “DATA MONITOR” mode
for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Drive vehicle in the manual mode (“1” or “2” gear), and confirm
the ON/OFF actuation of the “ATF PRES SW 2” and “ON OFF
SOL”.
Item name Condition Display value

ON OFF Low coast brake engaged. Refer to AT-20 . ON


SOL Low coast brake disengaged. Refer to AT-20 . OFF
SCIA4794E

ATF PRES Low coast brake engaged. Refer to AT-20 . ON


SW 2 Low coast brake disengaged. Refer to AT-20 . OFF

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT


Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-182, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM


Check the following.
● The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-248, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temper-
ature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

4. CHECK DTC
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”.
● Refer to AT-167, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.

Revision: 2006 November AT-168 2006 350Z


DTC P1815 MANUAL MODE SWITCH

DTC P1815 MANUAL MODE SWITCH PFP:34901


A
Description NCS00070

Manual mode switch is installed in A/T device. It sends manual mode switch, shift up and shift down switch
signals to TCM. B
TCM sends the switch signals to unified meter and A/C amp. By CAN communication line. Then manual mode
switch position is indicated on the A/T position indicator. For inspection, refer to AT-188, "A/T INDICATOR
CIRCUIT" .
AT
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode NCS00071

Item name Condition Display Value


D
Manual shift gate position (neutral) ON
MANU MODE SW
Other than the above OFF
Manual shift gate position OFF E
NON M-MODE SW
Other than the above ON
Selector lever: + side ON
UP SW LEVER F
Other than the above OFF
Selector lever: - side ON
DOWN SW LEVER
Other than the above OFF
G
On Board Diagnosis Logic NCS00072

● This is not an OBD-II self-diagnostic item. H


● Diagnostic trouble code “P1815 MANU MODE SW/CIRC” with CONSULT-II is detected when TCM moni-
tors Manual mode, Non manual mode, Up or Down switch signal, and detects as irregular when impossi-
ble input pattern occurs 1 second or more.
I
Possible Cause NCS00073

● Harness or connectors
(These switches circuit is open or shorted.) J
● Manual mode select switch (Into control device)
● Manual mode position select switch (Into control device)
K
DTC Confirmation Procedure NCS00074

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. L
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test. M
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for
“A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine.
4. Move selector lever to “M” position.
5. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 2
consecutive seconds.
MANU MODE SW: ON
6. If DTC is detected, go to AT-172, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
BCIA0031E

Revision: 2006 November AT-169 2006 350Z


DTC P1815 MANUAL MODE SWITCH

Wiring Diagram — AT — MMSW NCS00075

TCWT0375E

Revision: 2006 November AT-170 2006 350Z


DTC P1815 MANUAL MODE SWITCH

AT

TCWM0263E

Revision: 2006 November AT-171 2006 350Z


DTC P1815 MANUAL MODE SWITCH

TCM terminals and data are reference value. Measured between each terminal and ground.
Wire
Terminal Item Condition Data (Approx.)
color
3 L CAN-H – –
8 P CAN-L – –
Selector lever in “N”, “P” positions. Battery voltage
9 Y/R Starter relay
Selector lever in “R”, “D” positions. 0 V

Diagnostic Procedure NCS00076

1. CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION LINE


Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-92, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
Is a malfunction in the CAN communication indicated in the results?
YES >> Check CAN communication line. Refer to AT-106, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
NO >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK MANUAL MODE SWITCH CIRCUIT


With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for
“A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Read out ON/OFF switching action of “MANU MODE SW”,
“NON M-MODE SW”, “UP SW LEVER”, “DOWN SW LEVER”.
Item name Condition Display Value
Manual shift gate position (neutral) ON
MANU MODE SW
Other than the above OFF
Manual shift gate position OFF SCIA4988E
NON M-MODE SW
Other than the above ON
selector lever: +side ON
UP SW LEVER
Other than the above OFF
selector lever: -side ON
DOWN SW LEVER
Other than the above OFF

Without CONSULT-II
Drive vehicle in the manual mode, and confirm that the actual gear position and the meter's indication of the
position mutually coincide when the selector lever is shifted to the “+ (up)” or “- (down)” side (1st ⇔ 5th gear).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM


Check the following.
● Manual mode switch. Refer to AT-173, "Component Inspection" .
● Pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
● Open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connector for A/T device (manual mode
switch).
● Unified meter and A/C amp. Refer to DI-54, "UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: 2006 November AT-172 2006 350Z


DTC P1815 MANUAL MODE SWITCH

4. CHECK DTC A
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”.
● Refer to AT-169, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG B
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 5.
AT
5. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-182, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
D
CUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. E
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM


F
Check the following.
● The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor. G
OK or NG
OK >> Replace control valve with TCM. Refer toAT-248, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temper-
ature Sensor 2" . H
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Component Inspection NCS00077

MANUAL MODE SWITCH I


Check continuity between terminals.
Item Position Connector Terminal Continuity J
Manual mode Auto 9 - 10
select switch Manual 6-9
M47 Yes K
Manual mode UP 8-9
position select
switch DOWN 7-9

L
SCIA2112E

Revision: 2006 November AT-173 2006 350Z


DTC P1841 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 1

DTC P1841 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 1 PFP:25240

Description NCS00078

Fail-safe function to detect front brake solenoid valve condition.


CONSULT-II Reference Value NCS00079

Item name Condition Display value


Front brake engaged. Refer to AT-20 . ON
ATF PRES SW 1
Front brake disengaged. Refer to AT-20 . OFF

On Board Diagnosis Logic NCS0007A

● This is not an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.


● Diagnostic trouble code “P1841 ATF PRES SW 1/CIRC” with CONSULT-II is detected when TCM detects
that actual gear ratio is normal, and relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 1
is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
Possible Cause NCS0007B

● ATF pressure switch 1


● Harness or connectors
(Switch circuit is open or shorted.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure NCS0007C

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Accelerate vehicle to maintain the following conditions.
ACCELE POSI: 1.5/8 - 2.0/8
SLCT LVR POSI: “D” position
GEAR: “3” Þ “4” (FR/B ON/OFF)
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased
engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions
required for this test.
3. Perform step 2 again.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF, then perform step 1 to 3 again.
BCIA0031E
5. Check “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-
II.
If DTC (P1841) is detected, go to AT-175, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If DTC (P1757) is detected, go to AT-154, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

Revision: 2006 November AT-174 2006 350Z


DTC P1841 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 1

Diagnostic Procedure NCS0007D

1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL A

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine. B
2. Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” or “MAIN SIGNALS” in “DATA
MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Drive vehicle in the “D” position (3rd Þ 4th gear), and confirm AT
the ON/OFF actuation of the “ATF PRES SW 1”.
Item name Condition Display value
D
Front brake engaged. Refer to AT-20 . ON
ATF PRES SW 1
Front brake disengaged. Refer to AT-20 . OFF

OK or NG E
PCIA0067E

OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 2.
F
2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-182, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
G
CUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. H
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM


I
Check the following.
● The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor. J
OK or NG
OK >> Replace control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-248, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temper-
ature Sensor 2" . K
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

4. CHECK DTC L
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”.
● Refer to AT-174, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG M
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.

Revision: 2006 November AT-175 2006 350Z


DTC P1843 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 3

DTC P1843 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 3 PFP:25240

Description NCS0007E

Fail-safe function to detect input clutch solenoid valve condition.


CONSULT-II Reference Value NCS0007F

Item name Condition Display value


Input clutch engaged. Refer to AT-20 . ON
ATF PRES SW 3
Input clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-20 . OFF

On Board Diagnosis Logic NCS0007G

● This is not an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.


● Diagnostic trouble code “P1843 ATF PRES SW 3/CIRC” with CONSULT-II is detected when TCM detects
that actual gear ratio is normal, and relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 3
is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
Possible Cause NCS0007H

● ATF pressure switch 3


● Harness or connectors
(Switch circuit is open or shorted.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure NCS0007I

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Accelerate vehicle to maintain the following conditions.
ACCELE POSI: 1.5/8 - 2.0/8
SLCT LVR POSI: “D” position
GEAR: “3” Þ “4” (I/C ON/OFF)
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased
engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions
required for this test.
3. Perform step 2 again.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF, then perform step 1 to 3 again.
BCIA0031E
5. Check “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-
II.
If DTC (P1843) is detected, go to AT-177, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If DTC (P1752) is detected, go to AT-150, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

Revision: 2006 November AT-176 2006 350Z


DTC P1843 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 3

Diagnostic Procedure NCS0007J

1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL A

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine. B
2. Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” or “MAIN SIGNALS” in “DATA
MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Drive vehicle in the “D” position (3rd Þ 4th gear), and confirm AT
the ON/OFF actuation of the “ATF PRES SW 3”.
Item name Condition Display value
D
Input clutch engaged. Refer to AT-20 . ON
ATF PRES SW 3
Input clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-20 . OFF

OK or NG E
PCIA0067E

OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 2.
F
2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-182, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
G
CUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. H
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM


I
Check the following.
● The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor. J
OK or NG
OK >> Replace control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-248, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temper-
ature Sensor 2" . K
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

4. CHECK DTC L
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”.
● Refer to AT-176, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG M
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.

Revision: 2006 November AT-177 2006 350Z


DTC P1845 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 5

DTC P1845 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 5 PFP:25240

Description NCS0007K

Fail-safe function to detect direct clutch solenoid valve condition.


CONSULT-II Reference Value NCS0007L

Item name Condition Display value


Direct clutch engaged. Refer to AT-20 . ON
ATF PRES SW 5
Direct clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-20 . OFF

On Board Diagnosis Logic NCS0007M

● This is not an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.


● Diagnostic trouble code “P1845 ATF PRES SW 5/CIRC” with CONSULT-II is detected when TCM detects
that actual gear ratio is normal, and relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 5
is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
Possible Cause NCS0007N

● ATF pressure switch 5


● Harness or connectors
(Switch circuit is open or shorted.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure NCS0007O

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Accelerate vehicle to maintain the following conditions.
ACCELE POSI: 1.5/8 - 2.0/8
SLCT LVR POSI: “D” position
GEAR: “1” Þ “2” (D/C ON/OFF)
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased
engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions
required for this test.
3. Perform step 2 again.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF, then perform step 1 to 3 again.
BCIA0031E
5. Check “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-
II.
If DTC (P1845) is detected, go to AT-179, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If DTC (P1762) is detected, go to AT-158, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

Revision: 2006 November AT-178 2006 350Z


DTC P1845 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 5

Diagnostic Procedure NCS0007P

1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL A

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine. B
2. Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” or “MAIN SIGNALS” in “DATA
MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Drive vehicle in the “D” position (1st Þ 2nd gear), and confirm AT
the ON/OFF actuation of the “ATF PRES SW 5”.
Item name Condition Display value
D
Direct clutch engaged. Refer to AT-20 . ON
ATF PRES SW 5
Direct clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-20 . OFF

OK or NG E
PCIA0067E

OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 2.
F
2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-182, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
G
CUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. H
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM


I
Check the following.
● The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor. J
OK or NG
OK >> Replace control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-248, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temper-
ature Sensor 2" . K
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

4. CHECK DTC L
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”.
● Refer to AT-178, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG M
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.

Revision: 2006 November AT-179 2006 350Z


DTC P1846 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 6

DTC P1846 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 6 PFP:25240

Description NCS0007Q

Fail-safe function to detect high and low reverse clutch solenoid valve condition.
CONSULT-II Reference Value NCS0007R

Item name Condition Display value


High and low reverse clutch engaged. Refer to AT-20 . ON
ATF PRES SW 6
High and low reverse clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-20 . OFF

On Board Diagnosis Logic NCS0007S

● This is not an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.


● Diagnostic trouble code “P1846 ATF PRES SW 6/CIRC” with CONSULT-II is detected when TCM detects
that actual gear ratio is normal, and relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 6
is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
Possible Cause NCS0007T

● ATF pressure switch 6


● Harness or connectors
(Switch circuit is open or shorted.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure NCS0007U

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Accelerate vehicle to maintain the following conditions.
ACCELE POSI: 1.5/8 - 2.0/8
SLCT LVR POSI: “D” position
GEAR: “2” Þ “3” (HLR/C ON/OFF)
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased
engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions
required for this test.
3. Perform step 2 again.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF, then perform step 1 to 3 again.
BCIA0031E
5. Check “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-
II.
If DTC (P1846) is detected, go to AT-181, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If DTC (P1767) is detected, go to AT-162, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

Revision: 2006 November AT-180 2006 350Z


DTC P1846 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 6

Diagnostic Procedure NCS0007V

1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL A

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine. B
2. Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” or “MAIN SIGNALS” in “DATA
MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Drive vehicle in the “D” position (2nd Þ 3rd gear), and confirm AT
the ON/OFF actuation of the “ATF PRES SW 6”.
Item name Condition Display value
D
High and low reverse clutch engaged.
ON
Refer to AT-20 .
ATF PRES SW 6
High and low reverse clutch disengaged. E
OFF PCIA0067E
Refer to AT-20 .

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. F
NG >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT G


Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-182, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .
OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
I
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following.
J
● The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor.
OK or NG
K
OK >> Replace control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-248, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temper-
ature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
L
4. CHECK DTC
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. M
● Refer to AT-180, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.

Revision: 2006 November AT-181 2006 350Z


MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT PFP:00100

Wiring Diagram — AT — MAIN NCS0007W

TCWT0376E

Revision: 2006 November AT-182 2006 350Z


MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

TCM terminals and data are reference value. Measured between each terminal and ground.
Wire A
Terminal Item Condition Data (Approx.)
color
Power supply
1 R/W Always Battery voltage
(Memory back-up)
B
Power supply
2 R/W Always Battery voltage
(Memory back-up)
5 B Ground Always 0 V AT

– Battery voltage
D
6 Y/R Power supply

– 0 V
E
10 B Ground Always 0 V

Diagnostic Procedure NCS0007X


F
1. CHECK TCM POWER SOURCE STEP 1
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
G
2. Disconnect A/T assembly harness connector.
3. Check voltage between A/T assembly harness connector and
ground.
H
Item Connector Terminal Voltage (Approx.)
1 - Ground
Battery voltage I
TCM F6 2 - Ground
6 - Ground 0 V

OK or NG SCIA2104E
J
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> GO TO 3.
K
2. CHECK TCM POWER SOURCE STEP 2
1. Disconnect A/T assembly harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.) L
3. Check voltage between A/T assembly harness connector and
ground.
M
Item Connector Terminal Voltage (Approx.)
1 - Ground
TCM F6 2 - Ground Battery voltage
6 - Ground
OK or NG SCIA2105E

OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.

Revision: 2006 November AT-183 2006 350Z


MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM


Check the following.
● Harness for short or open between battery and A/T assembly harness connector terminals 1, 2
● Harness for short or open between ignition switch and A/T assembly harness connector terminal 6
● 10A fuse (No.32, located in the fuse and fusible link block) and 10A fuse (No.83, located in the IPDM E/R)
● Ignition switch, Refer to PG-5, "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

4. CHECK TCM GROUND CIRCUIT


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/T assembly harness connector.
3. Check continuity between A/T assembly harness connector ter-
minals and ground.
Continuity should exist.
If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.

SCIA2106E

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM


Check the following.
● The A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

6. PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-92, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG-1 >> Self-diagnosis does not activate: GO TO 7.
NG-2 >> DTC is displayed: Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-92, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
RESULT MODE" .

Revision: 2006 November AT-184 2006 350Z


MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

7. CHECK TERMINAL CORD ASSEMBLY A


1. Remove control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-248, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature
Sensor 2" .
2. Disconnect A/T assembly harness connector and TCM connector. B
3. Check continuity between A/T assembly harness connector ter-
minals and TCM connector terminals.
AT
Item Connector Terminal Continuity
A/T assembly harness con-
F6 1
nector Yes
D
TCM connector F502 9
A/T assembly harness con-
F6 2
nector Yes E
TCM connector F502 10
SCIA5464E
A/T assembly harness con-
F6 6
nector Yes F
TCM connector F502 4

4. Check continuity between A/T assembly harness connector ter- G


minals and TCM connector terminals.
Item Connector Terminal Continuity
H
A/T assembly harness con-
F6 5
nector Yes
TCM connector F504 21
I
A/T assembly harness con-
F6 10
nector Yes
TCM connector F504 22
SCIA5465E J
5. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-248, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temper- K
ature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Replace open circuit or short to ground and short to power in harness or connectors.
L

Revision: 2006 November AT-185 2006 350Z


CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION AND WIDE OPEN THROTTLE POSITION CIR-
CUIT

CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION AND WIDE OPEN THROTTLE POSITION CIR-


CUIT PFP:18002

CONSULT-II Reference Value NCS0007Y

Item name Condition Display value


Released accelerator pedal. ON
CLSD THL POS
Fully depressed accelerator pedal. OFF
Fully depressed accelerator pedal. ON
W/O THL POS
Released accelerator pedal. OFF

Diagnostic Procedure NCS0007Z

1. CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION LINE


Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-92, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-102, "TCM SELF-DIAG-
NOSTIC PROCEDURE (NO TOOLS)" .
Is a malfunction in the CAN communication indicated in the results?
YES >> Check CAN communication line. Refer to AT-106, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
NO >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SIGNAL CIRCUIT


With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for
“A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Depress accelerator pedal and read out the value of “CLSD THL
POS” and “W/O THL POS”.
Monitor Item
Accelerator Pedal Operation
CLSD THL POS W/O THL POS
Released ON OFF
Fully depressed OFF ON PCIA0070E

OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Check the following. If NG, repair or replace damaged parts.
● Perform self-diagnosis for “ENGINE” with CONSULT-II. Refer to EC-121, "CONSULT-II Func-
tion (ENGINE)" .
● Open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

● Pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.

Revision: 2006 November AT-186 2006 350Z


BRAKE SIGNAL CIRCUIT

BRAKE SIGNAL CIRCUIT PFP:25320


A
CONSULT-II Reference Value NCS00080

Item name Condition Display value


Depressed brake pedal. ON B
BRAKE SW
Released brake pedal. OFF

Diagnostic Procedure NCS00081 AT


1. CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-92, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-102, "TCM SELF-DIAG- D
NOSTIC PROCEDURE (NO TOOLS)" .
Is a malfunction in the CAN communication indicated in the results?
YES >> Check CAN communication line. Refer to AT-106, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" . E
NO >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT F


With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
G
2. Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for
“A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Read out ON/OFF switching action of the “BRAKE SW”.
H
Item name Condition Display value
Depressed brake pedal. ON
BRAKE SW
Released brake pedal. OFF I

OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END J
NG >> GO TO 3. PCIA0070E

3. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH


K
Check continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector E111
terminals 3 and 4. Refer to AT-189, "Wiring Diagram — AT — NON-
DTC / Type 1" . L
Condition Continuity
When brake pedal is depressed Yes
M
When brake pedal is released No

Check stop lamp switch after adjusting brake pedal — refer to


BR-7, "BRAKE PEDAL" .
OK or NG SCIA2126E

OK >> Check the following. If NG, repair or replace damaged


parts.
● Harness for short or open between battery and stop lamp switch.

● Harness for short or open between stop lamp switch and unified meter and A/C amp.

● 10A fuse (No.20, located in fuse block).

NG >> Repair or replace the stop lamp switch.

Revision: 2006 November AT-187 2006 350Z


A/T INDICATOR CIRCUIT

A/T INDICATOR CIRCUIT PFP:24810

Description NCS00082

The TCM sends the switch signals to unified meter and A/C amp. By CAN communication line. Then manual
mode switch position is indicated on the A/T position indicator.
CONSULT-II Reference Value NCS00083

Item name Condition Display value


GEAR During driving 1, 2, 3, 4, 5

Diagnostic Procedure NCS00084

1. CHECK INPUT SIGNALS


With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Select “MAIN SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T”
with CONSULT-II and read out the value of “GEAR”.
3. Drive vehicle in the manual mode, and confirm that the actual
gear position and the meter's indication of the position mutually
coincide when the selector lever is shifted to the “+ (up)” or “-
(down)” side (1st ⇔ 5th gear).
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END PCIA0065E

NG >> Check the following.


A/T INDICATOR SYMPTOM CHART
Items Presumed Location of Trouble

The actual gear position does not change, or shifting into the Manual mode switch
manual mode is not possible (no gear shifting in the manual mode Refer to AT-169, "DTC P1815 MANUAL MODE SWITCH" .
possible). A/T main system (Fail-safe function actuated)
The A/T position indicator is not indicated. ● Refer to AT-92, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .

The actual gear position changes, but the A/T position indicator is Perform the self-diagnosis function.
not indicated. ● Refer to AT-92, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .

The actual gear position and the indication on the A/T position Perform the self-diagnosis function.
indicator do not coincide. ● Refer to AT-92, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
Only a specific position or positions is/are not indicated on the A/T Check the unified meter and A/C amp.
position indicator. Refer to DI-5, "COMBINATION METERS" .

Revision: 2006 November AT-188 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS PFP:00007


A
Wiring Diagram — AT — NONDTC / Type 1 NCS00085

AT

TCWM0264E

Revision: 2006 November AT-189 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

TCWT0377E

Revision: 2006 November AT-190 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

AT

TCWT0378E

Revision: 2006 November AT-191 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

Wiring Diagram — AT — NONDTC / Type 2 NCS001RS

TCWM0264E

Revision: 2006 November AT-192 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

AT

TCWT0433E

Revision: 2006 November AT-193 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

TCWT0378E

Revision: 2006 November AT-194 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

TCM terminals and data are reference value. Measured between each terminal and ground.
Wire A
Terminal Item Condition Data (Approx.)
color
3 L CAN-H – –
K-line (CONSULT- B
4 PU/W The terminal is connected to the data link connector for CONSULT-II. –
II signal)
Selector lever in “R” position. 0 V
Back-up lamp
7 Y
relay
AT
Selector lever in other positions. Battery voltage

8 P CAN-L – –
D
A/T Check Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On NCS00086

SYMPTOM:
A/T CHECK indicator lamp does not come on for about 2 seconds when turning ignition switch to ON. E
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION LINE F
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-92, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-102, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure Without CONSULT-II" .
Is a malfunction in the CAN communication indicated in the results? G
YES >> Check CAN communication line. Refer to AT-106, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
NO >> GO TO 2.
H
2. CHECK A/T CHECK INDICATOR LAMP CIRCUIT
Check combination meter. Refer to DI-5, "COMBINATION METERS" .
I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
J
3. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-182, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR- K
CUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END L
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Engine Cannot Be Started in “P” or “N” Position NCS00087

SYMPTOM: M
● Engine cannot be started with selector lever in “P” or “N” position.
● Engine can be started with selector lever in “D” or “R” position.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CHECK PNP SWITCH CIRCUIT
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-92, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-102, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure Without CONSULT-II" .
Do the self-diagnostic results indicate PNP switch?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-115, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION
SWITCH" .
NO >> GO TO 2.

Revision: 2006 November AT-195 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

2. CHECK CONTROL LINKAGE


Check control linkage.
● Refer to AT-238, "Checking of A/T Position" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Adjust control linkage. Refer to AT-238, "Adjustment of
A/T Position" .

SCIA1091E

3. CHECK STARTING SYSTEM


Check starting system. Refer to SC-10, "STARTING SYSTEM" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

In “P” Position, Vehicle Moves When Pushed NCS00088

SYMPTOM:
Even though the selector lever is set in the “P” position, the parking mechanism is not actuated,
allowing the vehicle to be moved when it is pushed.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CHECK PNP SWITCH CIRCUIT
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-92, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-102, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure Without CONSULT-II" .
Do the self-diagnostic results indicate PNP switch?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-115, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION
SWITCH" .
NO >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK CONTROL LINKAGE


Check control linkage.
● Refer to AT-238, "Checking of A/T Position" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Adjust control linkage. Refer to AT-238, "Adjustment of
A/T Position" .

SCIA1091E

3. CHECK PARKING COMPONENTS


Check parking components. Refer to AT-260, "Parking Components" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: 2006 November AT-196 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

4. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION A


1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-248, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-51, "A/T Fluid Condition
Check" . B
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, AT
repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-65, "Symp-
tom Chart" (Symptom No.65).
D

SCIA5199E
E
In “N” Position, Vehicle Moves NCS00089

SYMPTOM:
Vehicle moves forward or backward when selecting “N” position.
F
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CHECK PNP SWITCH CIRCUIT G
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-92, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-102, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure Without CONSULT-II" .
Do the self-diagnostic results indicate PNP switch? H
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-115, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION
SWITCH" .
NO >> GO TO 2. I

2. CHECK CONTROL LINKAGE


Check control linkage. J
● Refer to AT-238, "Checking of A/T Position" .
OK or NG
K
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Adjust control linkage. Refer to AT-238, "Adjustment of
A/T Position" .
L

SCIA1091E
M

3. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL


Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Refill ATF.

SAT638A

Revision: 2006 November AT-197 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

4. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION


1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-248, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-51, "A/T Fluid Condition
Check" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged,
repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-65, "Symp-
tom Chart" (Symptom No.67).

SCIA5199E

5. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. Refer to AT-55, "Check at Idle" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 6.

6. CHECK TCM
1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to AT-89, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Large Shock (“N” to “D” Position) NCS0008A

SYMPTOM:
A noticeable shock occurs when the selector lever is shifted from the “N” to “D” position.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-92, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-102, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure Without CONSULT-II" .
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnostic results?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-92, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-
105, "Judgement Self-diagnosis Code" .
NO >> GO TO 2.

2. ENGINE IDLE SPEED


Check engine idle speed. Refer to EC-76, "Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Adjust engine idle speed. Refer to EC-76, "Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check" .

Revision: 2006 November AT-198 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

3. CHECK CONTROL LINKAGE A


Check control linkage.
● Refer to AT-238, "Checking of A/T Position" .
OK or NG B
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Adjust control linkage. Refer to AT-238, "Adjustment of
A/T Position" . AT

D
SCIA1091E

4. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL E

Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" .


OK or NG
F
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Refill ATF.
G

SAT638A

5. CHECK LINE PRESSURE I

Check line pressure at idle with selector lever in “D” position. Refer
to AT-53, "LINE PRESSURE TEST" . J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG - 1 >> Line pressure high: GO TO 6. K
NG - 2 >> Line pressure low: GO TO 7.

SAT494G

M
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1. Check control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-248, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sen-
sor 2" .
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-285, "DISASSEMBLY" .
3. Check the following.
– Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-302, "Oil Pump" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: 2006 November AT-199 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM


1. Check control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-248, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sen-
sor 2" .
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-285, "DISASSEMBLY" .
3. Check the following.
– Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-302, "Oil Pump" .
– Power train system. Refer to AT-285, "DISASSEMBLY" .
– Transmission case. Refer to AT-285, "DISASSEMBLY" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

8. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION


1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-248, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-51, "A/T Fluid Condition
Check" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 9.

SCIA5199E

9. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM


● Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-65,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.1).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

10. CHECK SYMPTOM


Check again. Refer to AT-55, "Check at Idle" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 11.

11. CHECK TCM


1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to AT-89, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: 2006 November AT-200 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward in “R” Position NCS0008B

SYMPTOM: A
The vehicle does not creep in the “R” position. Or an extreme lack of acceleration is observed.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE B
1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-92, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-102, "Diagnostic Proce- AT
dure Without CONSULT-II" .
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnostic results?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-92, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT- D
105, "Judgement Self-diagnosis Code" .
NO >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK CONTROL LINKAGE E

Check control linkage.


● Refer to AT-238, "Checking of A/T Position" . F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Adjust control linkage. Refer to AT-238, "Adjustment of G
A/T Position" .

SCIA1091E

I
3. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
OK or NG J
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Refill ATF.
K

SAT638A
M
4. CHECK STALL TEST
Check stall revolution with selector lever in “M” and “R” positions.
Refer to AT-51, "STALL TEST" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
OK in “M” position, NG in “R” position>>GO TO 5.
NG in both “M” and “R” positions>>GO TO 8.

SAT493G

Revision: 2006 November AT-201 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM


1. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-285, "DISASSEMBLY" .
2. Check the following.
– Reverse brake. Refer to AT-285, "Disassembly" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

6. CHECK LINE PRESSURE


Check line pressure with the engine idling. Refer to AT-53, "LINE
PRESSURE TEST" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG - 1 >> Line pressure high. GO TO 7.
NG - 2 >> Line pressure low. GO TO 8.

SAT494G

7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM


1. Check control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-248, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sen-
sor 2" .
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-285, "DISASSEMBLY" .
3. Check the following.
– Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-302, "Oil Pump" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM


1. Check control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-248, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sen-
sor 2" .
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-285, "DISASSEMBLY" .
3. Check the following.
– Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-302, "Oil Pump" .
– Power train system. Refer to AT-285, "DISASSEMBLY" .
– Transmission case. Refer to AT-285, "DISASSEMBLY" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: 2006 November AT-202 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

9. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION A


1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-248, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-51, "A/T Fluid Condition
Check" . B
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 13. AT

SCIA5199E
E
10. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
● Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-65,
F
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.43).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11. G
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

11. CHECK SYMPTOM


H
Check again. Refer to AT-55, "Check at Idle" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END I
NG >> GO TO 12.

12. CHECK TCM J


1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to AT-89, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector. K
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. L

13. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM


M
● Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-65,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.43).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: 2006 November AT-203 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward in “D” Position NCS0008C

SYMPTOM:
Vehicle does not creep forward when selecting “D” position.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-92, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-102, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure Without CONSULT-II" .
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnostic results?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-92, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-
105, "Judgement Self-diagnosis Code" .
NO >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK CONTROL LINKAGE


Check control linkage.
● Refer to AT-238, "Checking of A/T Position" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Adjust control linkage. Refer to AT-238, "Adjustment of
A/T Position" .

SCIA1091E

3. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL


Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Refill ATF.

SAT638A

4. CHECK STALL TEST


Check stall revolution with selector lever in “D” position. Refer to AT-
51, "STALL TEST" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 7.

SAT493G

Revision: 2006 November AT-204 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

5. CHECK LINE PRESSURE A


Check line pressure at idle with selector lever in “D” position. Refer
to AT-53, "LINE PRESSURE TEST" .
OK or NG B
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG - 1 >> Line pressure high. GO TO 6.
NG - 2 >> Line pressure low. GO TO 7. AT

D
SAT494G

6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM E

1. Check control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-248, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sen-
sor 2" .
F
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-285, "DISASSEMBLY" .
3. Check the following.
– Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-302, "Oil Pump" . G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. H
7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1. Check control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-248, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sen- I
sor 2" .
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-285, "DISASSEMBLY" .
3. Check the following. J
– Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-302, "Oil Pump" .
– Power train system. Refer to AT-285, "DISASSEMBLY" .
K
– Transmission case. Refer to AT-285, "DISASSEMBLY" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. L
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

8. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION


M
1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-248, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-51, "A/T Fluid Condition
Check" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 12.

SCIA5199E

Revision: 2006 November AT-205 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

9. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM


● Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-65,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.43).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

10. CHECK SYMPTOM


Check again. Refer to AT-55, "Check at Idle" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 11.

11. CHECK TCM


1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to AT-89, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

12. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM


● Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-65,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.43).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Vehicle Cannot Be Started from D1 NCS0008D

SYMPTOM:
Vehicle cannot be started from D1 on cruise test - Part 1.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check if vehicle creeps in “R” position.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Refer to AT-201, "Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward in “R” Position" .

2. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS


Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-92, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-102, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure Without CONSULT-II"
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnostic results?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-92, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-
105, "Judgement Self-diagnosis Code" .
NO >> GO TO 3.

Revision: 2006 November AT-206 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

3. CHECK ACCELERATOR POSITION SENSOR A


Check accelerator pedal position sensor. Refer to AT-134, "DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR"
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. B
NG >> Repair or replace accelerator pedal position sensor.

4. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL AT

Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" .


OK or NG
D
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Refill ATF.
E

SAT638A

5. CHECK LINE PRESSURE G

Check line pressure at the engine stall point. Refer to AT-53, "LINE
PRESSURE TEST" . H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG - 1 >> Line pressure high. GO TO 6. I
NG - 2 >> Line pressure low. GO TO 7.

SAT494G

K
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1. Check control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-248, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sen-
sor 2" . L
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-285, "DISASSEMBLY" .
3. Check the following.
M
– Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-302, "Oil Pump" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: 2006 November AT-207 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM


1. Check control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-248, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sen-
sor 2" .
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-285, "DISASSEMBLY" .
3. Check the following.
– Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-302, "Oil Pump" .
– Power train system. Refer to AT-285, "DISASSEMBLY" .
– Transmission case. Refer to AT-285, "DISASSEMBLY" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

8. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION


1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-248, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-51, "A/T Fluid Condition
Check" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 12.

SCIA5199E

9. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM


● Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-65,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.23).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

10. CHECK SYMPTOM


Check again. Refer to AT-59, "Cruise Test - Part 1" , AT-62, "Cruise Test - Part 2" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 11.

11. CHECK TCM


1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to AT-89, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: 2006 November AT-208 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

12. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM A


● Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-65,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.23).
OK or NG B
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
AT
A/T Does Not Shift: D1 → D2 NCS0008E

SYMPTOM:
The vehicle does not shift-up from the D1 to D2 gear at the specified speed. D

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CHECK SYMPTOM E

Check if vehicle creeps forward in “D” position and vehicle can be started from D1.
OK or NG F
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Refer to AT-204, "Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward in “D” Position" , AT-206, "Vehicle Cannot Be
Started from D1" .
G
2. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-92, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-102, "Diagnostic Proce- H
dure Without CONSULT-II" .
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnostic results?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-92, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT- I
105, "Judgement Self-diagnosis Code" .
NO >> GO TO 3.
J
3. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Refill ATF.
L

SAT638A

4. CHECK LINE PRESSURE


Check line pressure at the engine stall point. Refer to AT-53, "LINE
PRESSURE TEST" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG - 1 >> Line pressure high. GO TO 5.
NG - 2 >> Line pressure low. GO TO 6.

SAT494G

Revision: 2006 November AT-209 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM


1. Check control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-248, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sen-
sor 2" .
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-285, "DISASSEMBLY" .
3. Check the following items:
– Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-302, "Oil Pump" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM


1. Check control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-248, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sen-
sor 2" .
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-285, "DISASSEMBLY" .
3. Check the following.
– Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-302, "Oil Pump" .
– Power train system. Refer to AT-285, "DISASSEMBLY" .
– Transmission case. Refer to AT-285, "DISASSEMBLY" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

7. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION


1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-248, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-51, "A/T Fluid Condition
Check" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 11.

SCIA5199E

8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM


● Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-65,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.10).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

9. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. Refer to AT-59, "Cruise Test - Part 1" , AT-62, "Cruise Test - Part 2" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 10.

Revision: 2006 November AT-210 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

10. CHECK TCM A


1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to AT-89, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector. B
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. AT

11. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM


D
● Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-65,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.10).
OK or NG
E
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

F
A/T Does Not Shift: D2 → D3 NCS0008F

SYMPTOM:
The vehicle does not shift-up from D2 to D3 gear at the specified speed.
G
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CHECK SYMPTOM H
Check if vehicle creeps forward in “D” position and vehicle can be started from D1.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. I
NG >> Refer to AT-204, "Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward in “D” Position" , AT-206, "Vehicle Cannot Be
Started from D1" .
J
2. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-92, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-102, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure Without CONSULT-II" . K
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnostic results?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-92, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-
105, "Judgement Self-diagnosis Code" . L
NO >> GO TO 3.

3. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL M

Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" .


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Refill ATF.

SAT638A

Revision: 2006 November AT-211 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

4. CHECK LINE PRESSURE


Check line pressure at the engine stall point. Refer to AT-53, "LINE
PRESSURE TEST" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG - 1 >> Line pressure high. GO TO 5.
NG - 2 >> Line pressure low. GO TO 6.

SAT494G

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM


1. Check control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-248, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sen-
sor 2" .
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-285, "DISASSEMBLY" .
3. Check the following.
– Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-302, "Oil Pump" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM


1. Check control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-248, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sen-
sor 2" .
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-285, "DISASSEMBLY" .
3. Check the following.
– Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-302, "Oil Pump" .
– Power train system. Refer to AT-285, "DISASSEMBLY" .
– Transmission case. Refer to AT-285, "DISASSEMBLY" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

7. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION


1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-248, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-51, "A/T Fluid Condition
Check" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 11.

SCIA5199E

Revision: 2006 November AT-212 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM A


● Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-65,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.11).
OK or NG B
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
AT
9. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. Refer to AT-59, "Cruise Test - Part 1" , AT-62, "Cruise Test - Part 2" .
D
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 10.
E
10. CHECK TCM
1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to AT-89, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" . F
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
OK or NG G
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
H
11. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
● Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-65,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.11). I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. J

Revision: 2006 November AT-213 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

A/T Does Not Shift: D3 → D4 NCS0008G

SYMPTOM:
The vehicle does not shift-up from the D3 to D4 gear at the specified speed.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check if vehicle creeps forward in “D” position and vehicle can be started from D1.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Refer to AT-204, "Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward in “D” Position" , AT-206, "Vehicle Cannot Be
Started from D1" .

2. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS


Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-92, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-102, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure Without CONSULT-II" .
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnostic results?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-92, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-
105, "Judgement Self-diagnosis Code" .
NO >> GO TO 3.

3. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL


Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Refill ATF.

SAT638A

4. CHECK LINE PRESSURE


Check line pressure at the engine stall point. Refer to AT-53, "LINE
PRESSURE TEST" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG - 1 >> Line pressure high. GO TO 5.
NG - 2 >> Line pressure low. GO TO 6.

SAT494G

Revision: 2006 November AT-214 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM A


1. Check control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-248, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sen-
sor 2" .
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-285, "DISASSEMBLY" . B
3. Check the following.
– Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-302, "Oil Pump" .
OK or NG AT
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
D
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

1. Check control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-248, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sen- E
sor 2" .
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-285, "DISASSEMBLY" .
3. Check the following. F
– Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-302, "Oil Pump" .
– Power train system. Refer to AT-285, "DISASSEMBLY" .
– Transmission case. Refer to AT-285, "DISASSEMBLY" . G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. H

7. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION


I
1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-248, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-51, "A/T Fluid Condition
Check" .
J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 11.
K

SCIA5199E

8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM M

● Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-65,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.12).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

9. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. Refer to AT-59, "Cruise Test - Part 1" , AT-62, "Cruise Test - Part 2" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 10.

Revision: 2006 November AT-215 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

10. CHECK TCM


1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to AT-89, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

11. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM


● Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-65,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.12).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

A/T Does Not Shift: D4 → D5 NCS0008H

SYMPTOM:
● The vehicle does not shift-up from the D4 to D5 gear at the specified speed.
● The vehicle does not shift-up from the D4 to D5 gear unless A/T is warmed up.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check if vehicle creeps forward in “D” position and vehicle can be started from D1.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Refer to AT-204, "Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward in “D” Position" , AT-206, "Vehicle Cannot Be
Started from D1" .

2. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS


Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-92, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-102, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure Without CONSULT-II" .
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnostic results?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-92, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-
105, "Judgement Self-diagnosis Code" .
NO >> GO TO 3.

3. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL


Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Refill ATF.

SAT638A

Revision: 2006 November AT-216 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

4. CHECK LINE PRESSURE A


Check line pressure at the engine stall point. Refer to AT-53, "LINE
PRESSURE TEST" .
OK or NG B
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG - 1 >> Line pressure high. GO TO 5.
NG - 2 >> Line pressure low. GO TO 6. AT

D
SAT494G

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM E

1. Check control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-248, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sen-
sor 2" .
F
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-285, "DISASSEMBLY" .
3. Check the following.
– Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-302, "Oil Pump" . G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. H
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1. Check control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-248, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sen- I
sor 2" .
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-285, "DISASSEMBLY" .
3. Check the following. J
– Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-302, "Oil Pump" .
– Power train system. Refer to AT-285, "DISASSEMBLY" .
K
– Transmission case. Refer to AT-285, "DISASSEMBLY" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. L
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

7. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION


M
1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-248, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-51, "A/T Fluid Condition
Check" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 11.

SCIA5199E

Revision: 2006 November AT-217 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM


● Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-65,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.13).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

9. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. Refer to AT-59, "Cruise Test - Part 1" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 10.

10. CHECK TCM


1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to AT-89, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

11. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM


● Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-65,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.13).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: 2006 November AT-218 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

A/T Does Not Perform Lock-up NCS0008I

SYMPTOM: A
A/T does not perform lock-up at the specified speed.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE B
1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-92, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-102, "Diagnostic Proce- AT
dure Without CONSULT-II" .
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnostic results?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-92, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT- D
105, "Judgement Self-diagnosis Code" .
NO >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL E

Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" .


OK or NG F
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Refill ATF.
G

SAT638A

I
3. CHECK LINE PRESSURE
Check line pressure at the engine stall point. Refer to AT-53, "LINE
PRESSURE TEST" . J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG - 1 >> Line pressure high. GO TO 4. K
NG - 2 >> Line pressure low. GO TO 5.

SAT494G
M
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1. Check control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-248, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sen-
sor 2" .
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-285, "DISASSEMBLY" .
3. Check the following.
– Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-302, "Oil Pump" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: 2006 November AT-219 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM


1. Check control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-248, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sen-
sor 2" .
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-285, "DISASSEMBLY" .
3. Check the following.
– Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-302, "Oil Pump" .
– Power train system. Refer to AT-285, "DISASSEMBLY" .
– Transmission case. Refer to AT-285, "DISASSEMBLY" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

6. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION


1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-248, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-51, "A/T Fluid Condition
Check" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 10.

SCIA5199E

7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM


● Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-65,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.24).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

8. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. Refer to AT-59, "Cruise Test - Part 1" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 9.

9. CHECK TCM
1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to AT-89, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: 2006 November AT-220 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

10. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM A


● Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-65,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.24).
OK or NG B
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
AT
A/T Does Not Hold Lock-up Condition NCS0008J

SYMPTOM:
The lock-up condition cannot be maintained for more than 30 seconds. D

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS E

Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-92, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-102, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure Without CONSULT-II" .
F
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnostic results?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-92, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-
105, "Judgement Self-diagnosis Code" .
G
NO >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL


H
Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. I
NG >> Refill ATF.

K
SAT638A

3. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION L


1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-248, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-51, "A/T Fluid Condition
Check" . M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 7.

SCIA5199E

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM


● Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-65,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.25).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Revision: 2006 November AT-221 2006 350Z
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

5. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. Refer to AT-59, "Cruise Test - Part 1" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 6.

6. CHECK TCM
1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to AT-89, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM


● Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-65,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.25).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: 2006 November AT-222 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

Lock-up Is Not Released NCS0008K

SYMPTOM: A
The lock-up condition cannot be cancelled even after releasing the accelerator pedal.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE B
1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-92, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-102, "Diagnostic Proce- AT
dure Without CONSULT-II" .
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnostic results?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-92, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT- D
105, "Judgement Self-diagnosis Code" .
NO >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK SYMPTOM E

Check again. Refer to AT-59, "Cruise Test - Part 1" .


OK or NG F
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 3.
G
3. CHECK TCM
1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to AT-89, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness H
connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END I
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: 2006 November AT-223 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

Engine Speed Does Not Return to Idle NCS0008L

SYMPTOM:
When a shift-down is performed, the engine speed does not smoothly return to the idling speed.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Refill ATF.

SAT638A

2. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS


Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-92, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-102, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure Without CONSULT-II"
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnostic results?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-92, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-
105, "Judgement Self-diagnosis Code" .
NO >> GO TO 3.

3. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION


1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-248, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-51, "A/T Fluid Condition
Check" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 7.

SCIA5199E

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM


● Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-65,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.72).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

5. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. Refer to AT-59, "Cruise Test - Part 1" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 6.

Revision: 2006 November AT-224 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

6. CHECK TCM A
1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to AT-89, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector. B
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. AT

7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM


D
● Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-65,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.72).
OK or NG
E
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

F
Cannot Be Changed to Manual Mode NCS0008M

SYMPTOM:
Does not change to manual mode when manual shift gate is used.
G
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. MANUAL MODE SWITCH H
Check manual mode switch. Refer to AT-169, "DTC P1815 MANUAL MODE SWITCH" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. I
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

2. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS J

Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-92, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-102, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure Without CONSULT-II" .
K
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnostic results?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-92, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-
105, "Judgement Self-diagnosis Code" .
NO >> INSPECTION END L

Revision: 2006 November AT-225 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

A/T Does Not Shift: 5th Gear → 4th Gear NCS0008N

SYMPTOM:
When shifted from M5 to M4 position in manual mode, does not downshift from 5th to 4th gear.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-92, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-102, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure Without CONSULT-II" .
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnostic results?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-92, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-
105, "Judgement Self-diagnosis Code" .
NO >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL


Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Refill ATF.

SAT638A

3. CHECK CONTROL LINKAGE


Check control linkage.
● Refer to AT-238, "Checking of A/T Position" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Adjust control linkage. Refer to AT-238, "Adjustment of
A/T Position" .

SCIA1091E

4. MANUAL MODE SWITCH


Check manual mode switch. Refer to AT-169, "DTC P1815 MANUAL MODE SWITCH" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: 2006 November AT-226 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

5. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION A


1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-248, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-51, "A/T Fluid Condition
Check" . B
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 9. AT

SCIA5199E
E
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
● Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-65,
F
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.47).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. G
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

7. CHECK SYMPTOM
H
Check again. Refer to AT-63, "Cruise Test - Part 3" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END I
NG >> GO TO 8.

8. CHECK TCM J
1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to AT-89, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector. K
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. L

9. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM


M
● Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-65,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.47).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: 2006 November AT-227 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

A/T Does Not Shift: 4th Gear → 3rd Gear NCS0008O

SYMPTOM:
When shifted from M4 to M3 position in manual mode, does not downshift from 4th to 3rd gear.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-92, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-102, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure Without CONSULT-II" .
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnostic results?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-92, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-
105, "Judgement Self-diagnosis Code" .
NO >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL


Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Refill ATF.

SAT638A

3. CHECK CONTROL LINKAGE


Check control linkage.
● Refer to AT-238, "Checking of A/T Position" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Adjust control linkage. Refer to AT-238, "Adjustment of
A/T Position" .

SCIA1091E

4. MANUAL MODE SWITCH


Check manual mode switch. Refer to AT-169, "DTC P1815 MANUAL MODE SWITCH" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: 2006 November AT-228 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

5. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION A


1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-248, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-51, "A/T Fluid Condition
Check" . B
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 9. AT

SCIA5199E
E
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
● Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-65,
F
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.48).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. G
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

7. CHECK SYMPTOM
H
Check again. Refer to AT-63, "Cruise Test - Part 3" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END I
NG >> GO TO 8.

8. CHECK TCM J
1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to AT-89, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector. K
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. L

9. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM


M
● Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-65,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.48).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: 2006 November AT-229 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

A/T Does Not Shift: 3rd Gear → 2nd Gear NCS0008P

SYMPTOM:
When shifted from M3 to M2 position in manual mode, does not downshift from 3rd to 2nd gear.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-92, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-92, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
RESULT MODE" .
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnostic results?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-92, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-
105, "Judgement Self-diagnosis Code" .
NO >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL


Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Refill ATF.

SAT638A

3. CHECK CONTROL LINKAGE


Check control linkage.
● Refer to AT-238, "Checking of A/T Position" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Adjust control linkage. Refer to AT-238, "Adjustment of
A/T Position" .

SCIA1091E

4. MANUAL MODE SWITCH


Check manual mode switch. Refer to AT-169, "DTC P1815 MANUAL MODE SWITCH" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: 2006 November AT-230 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

5. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION A


1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-248, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-51, "A/T Fluid Condition
Check" . B
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 9. AT

SCIA5199E
E
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
● Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-65,
F
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.49).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. G
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

7. CHECK SYMPTOM
H
Check again. Refer to AT-63, "Cruise Test - Part 3" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END I
NG >> GO TO 8.

8. CHECK TCM J
1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to AT-89, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector. K
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. L

9. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM


M
● Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-65,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.49).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: 2006 November AT-231 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

A/T Does Not Shift: 2nd Gear → 1st Gear NCS0008Q

SYMPTOM:
When shifted from M2 to M1 position in manual mode, does not downshift from 2nd to 1st gear.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-92, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-102, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure Without CONSULT-II" .
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnostic results?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-92, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-
105, "Judgement Self-diagnosis Code" .
NO >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL


Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Refill ATF.

SAT638A

3. CHECK CONTROL LINKAGE


Check control linkage.
● Refer to AT-238, "Checking of A/T Position" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Adjust control linkage. Refer to AT-238, "Adjustment of
A/T Position" .

SCIA1091E

4. MANUAL MODE SWITCH


Check manual mode switch. Refer to AT-169, "DTC P1815 MANUAL MODE SWITCH" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: 2006 November AT-232 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

5. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION A


1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-248, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-51, "A/T Fluid Condition
Check" . B
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 9. AT

SCIA5199E
E
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
● Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-65,
F
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.50).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. G
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

7. CHECK SYMPTOM
H
Check again. Refer to AT-63, "Cruise Test - Part 3" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END I
NG >> GO TO 8.

8. CHECK TCM J
1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to AT-89, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector. K
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. L

9. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM


M
● Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-65,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.50).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: 2006 November AT-233 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

Vehicle Does Not Decelerate by Engine Brake NCS0008R

SYMPTOM:
No engine brake is applied when the gear is shifted from the 2nd to 1st gear.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-92, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-102, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure Without CONSULT-II" .
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnostic results?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-92, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-
105, "Judgement Self-diagnosis Code" .
NO >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL


Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Refill ATF.

SAT638A

3. CHECK CONTROL LINKAGE


Check control linkage.
● Refer to AT-238, "Checking of A/T Position" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Adjust control linkage. Refer to AT-238, "Adjustment of
A/T Position" .

SCIA1091E

4. MANUAL MODE SWITCH


Check manual mode switch. Refer to AT-169, "DTC P1815 MANUAL MODE SWITCH" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: 2006 November AT-234 2006 350Z


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

5. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION A


1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-248, "Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-51, "A/T Fluid Condition
Check" . B
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 9. AT

SCIA5199E
E
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
● Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-65,
F
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.58).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. G
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

7. CHECK SYMPTOM
H
Check again. Refer to AT-63, "Cruise Test - Part 3" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END I
NG >> GO TO 8.

8. CHECK TCM J
1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to AT-89, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector. K
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. L

9. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM


M
● Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-65,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.58).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: 2006 November AT-235 2006 350Z


SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM

SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM PFP:34901

Control Device Removal and Installation NCS0008S

SCIA3699E

1. Selector lever knob 2. Knob cover 3. Lock pin


4. Control device assembly 5. A/T device harness connector 6. Position indicator plate
7. Shift lock solenoid and park position 8. Snap pin 9. Conical washer
switch assembly
10. Plain washer 11. Bracket 12. Control rod
13. Dust cover 14. Dust cover plate 15. Bulb case
16. Position lamp

Revision: 2006 November AT-236 2006 350Z


SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM

REMOVAL
CAUTION: A
Make sure that parking brake is applied before removal/installation.
1. Disconnect lower lever of control device and control rod.
2. Remove knob cover below selector lever downward. B
3. Pull lock pin out of selector lever knob.
4. Remove selector lever knob.
AT
5. Remove console finisher (A/T ring) and console finisher (A/T).
● Refer to IP-10, "Component Parts Drawing" .

6. Remove center console. D


● Refer to IP-10, "Component Parts Drawing" .

7. Remove key interlock cable from control device.


● Refer to AT-246, "Removal and Installation" . E
SCIA5251E

8. Disconnect A/T device harness connector.


9. Remove control device assembly.
CAUTION: F
Do not impact, or damage propeller shaft tube.
INSTALLATION
G
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal.
● After installation is completed, adjust and check A/T position.
Control Rod Removal and Installation NCS0008T
H
CONTROL ROD COMPONENTS

SCIA7468E

1. Control device assembly 2. A/T 3. Manual lever


4. Control rod 5. Lower lever
Refer to GI section to make sure icons (symbol marks) in the figure. Refer to GI-10, "Components" .

Revision: 2006 November AT-237 2006 350Z


SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM

REMOVAL
1. Disconnect lower lever of control device and control rod.
2. Remove manual lever from A/T.
3. Remove control rod from vehicle.

SCIA5736E

INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal.
● After installation is completed, adjust and check A/T position. Refer to AT-238, "Adjustment of A/T Posi-
tion" and AT-238, "Checking of A/T Position" .
Adjustment of A/T Position NCS0008U

1. Loosen nut of control rod.


2. Place PNP switch and selector lever in “P” position.
3. While pressing lower lever toward rear of vehicle (in “P” position
direction), tighten nut to specified torque.

: 26 N·m (2.7 kg-m, 19 ft-lb)

SCIA1091E

Checking of A/T Position NCS0008V

1. Place selector lever in “P” position, and turn ignition switch ON (engine stop).
2. Make sure that selector lever can be shifted to other than “P” position when brake pedal is depressed.
Also make sure that selector lever can be shifted from “P” position only when brake pedal is depressed.
3. Move the selector lever and check for excessive effort, sticking, noise or rattle.
4. Confirm the selector lever stops at each position with the feel of engagement when it is moved through all
the positions. Check whether or not the actual position the selector lever is in matches the position shown
by the shift position indicator and the transmission body.
5. The method of operating the lever to individual positions cor-
rectly should be as shown in the figure.
6. When selector button is pressed in “P”, “R”, or “N” position with-
out applying forward/backward force to selector lever, check but-
ton operation for sticking.
7. Confirm the back-up lamps illuminate only when lever is placed
in the “R” position. Confirm the back-up lamps does not illumi-
nate when selector lever is pushed against “R” position in the
“P” or “N” position.
8. Confirm the engine can only be started with the selector lever in
the “P” and “N” positions. (With selector lever in the “P” position, SCIA7465E

engine can be started even when selector lever is moved for-


ward and backward.)
9. Make sure that transmission is locked completely in “P” position.
10. When selector lever is set to manual shift gate, make sure that manual mode is displayed on combination
meter.
Shift selector lever to “+” and “-” sides, and check that set shift position changes.

Revision: 2006 November AT-238 2006 350Z


A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM

A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM PFP:34950


A
Description NCS0008W

● The mechanical key interlock mechanism also operates as a shift lock:


With the ignition switch turned to ON, the selector lever cannot be shifted from “P” position to any other B
position unless the brake pedal is depressed.
With the key removed, the selector lever cannot be shifted from “P” position to any other position.
The key cannot be removed unless the selector lever is placed in “P” position.
AT
● The shift lock and key interlock mechanisms are controlled by the ON-OFF operation of the shift lock sole-
noid and by the operation of the rotator and slider located inside the key cylinder.
Shift Lock System Electrical Parts Location NCS001RP D

SCIA8127E

1. A/T device harness connector 2. Key inter lock cable 3. Shift lock solenoid
4. Shift lock relay 5. Stop lamp switch 6. Brake pedal
A. Control device assembly B. Shift lock solenoid, revers side C. Park position switch
D. Fuse, fusible link and relay box E. Brake pedal, upper F. A/T console finisher
G. Shift lock release button

Revision: 2006 November AT-239 2006 350Z


A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM

Wiring Diagram — AT — SHIFT / Type 1 NCS001RR

TCWT0379E

Revision: 2006 November AT-240 2006 350Z


A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM

Wiring Diagram — AT — SHIFT / Type 2 NCS0008Y

AT

TCWT0448E

Revision: 2006 November AT-241 2006 350Z


A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM

Diagnostic Procedure NCS0008Z

SYMPTOM 1:
● Selector lever cannot be moved from “P” position with key in ON position and brake pedal
applied.
● Selector lever can be moved from “P” position with key in ON position and brake pedal released.
● Selector lever can be moved from “P” position when key is removed from key cylinder.
SYMPTOM 2:
● Ignition key cannot be removed when selector lever is set to “P” position.
● Ignition key can be removed when selector lever is set to any position except “P” position.

1. CHECK KEY INTERLOCK CABLE


Check the key interlock cable for damage.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Replace key interlock cable. Refer to AT-245, "KEY INTERLOCK CABLE" .

2. CHECK SELECTOR LEVER POSITION


Check the selector lever position for damage. Refer to AT-238, "Checking of A/T Position" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Check selector lever. Refer to AT-238, "Adjustment of A/T Position" .

3. CHECK POWER SOURCE


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect shift lock relay.
3. Check voltage between shift lock relay E19 terminal 2 and
ground.
Voltage
Brake pedal depressed: Battery voltage
Brake pedal released: 0V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
SCIA6866E

Revision: 2006 November AT-242 2006 350Z


A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM A


Check the following.
● Harness for short or open between battery and stop lamp switch harness connector E111 terminal 3.
● Harness for short or open between stop lamp switch harness connector E111 terminal 4 and shift lock B
relay E19 terminal 2.
● 10A fuse [No.20, located in the fuse block (J/B)].
● Stop lamp switch. AT
– Check continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector E111 terminals 3 and 4.
D

SCIA3953E
G
Check stop lamp switch after adjusting brake pedal — refer to BR-7, "BRAKE PEDAL".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. H
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

5. CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT I


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect shift lock relay.
3. Check continuity between shift lock relay E19 terminal 1 and J
ground.
CAUTION:
Connect test probe (BLACK) to shift lock relay, and test K
probe (RED) to ground.
Continuity should exist.
L
If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
SCIA6931E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. M
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

6. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL A/T DEVICE


1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Selector lever is set in “P” position.
3. Check voltage between A/T device harness connector M47 ter-
minal 1 and ground.
Voltage
Brake pedal depressed: Battery voltage
Brake pedal released: 0V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
SCIA7432E

Revision: 2006 November AT-243 2006 350Z


A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM

7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM


Check the following.
● Harness for short or open between ignition switch and shift lock relay E19 terminal 5.
● Harness for short or open between shift lock relay E19 terminal 3 and A/T device harness connector M47
terminal 1.
● 10A fuse [No.12, located in the fuse block (J/B)].
● Ignition switch (Refer to PG-5, "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT" ).
● Shift lock relay.
– Check continuity between shift lock relay E19 terminal 3 and 5.
Condition Continuity
12V direct current supply between terminal 1 and 2 Yes
OFF No

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

SCIA1245E

8. CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/T device harness connector.
3. Check continuity between A/T device harness connector M47
terminal 2 and ground.
Continuity should exist.
If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
SCIA2125E
in harness or connectors.

9. CHECK SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID AND PARK POSITION SWITCH


1. Connect A/T device harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
3. Selector lever is set in “P” position.
4. Check operation.
Condition Brake pedal Operation
When ignition switch is turned to Depressed Yes
“ON” position and selector lever
is set in “P” position. Released No

OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: 2006 November AT-244 2006 350Z


KEY INTERLOCK CABLE

KEY INTERLOCK CABLE PFP:34908


A
Components NCS00090

AT

SCIA1546E
M
CAUTION:
● Install key interlock cable in such a way that it will not be damaged by sharp bends, twists or inter-
ference with adjacent parts.
● After installing key interlock cable to control device, make sure that casing cap and bracket are
firmly secured in their positions. If casing cap be removed with an external load of less than 39.2 N
(4.0 kg, 8.8 lb), replace key interlock cable with new one.

Revision: 2006 November AT-245 2006 350Z


KEY INTERLOCK CABLE

Removal and Installation NCS00091

REMOVAL
1. Unlock slider by squeezing lock tabs on slider from adjuster
holder.
2. Remove casing cap from bracket of control device assembly
and remove interlock rod from adjuster holder.

SCIA1230E

3. Remove lock plate from key cylinder.


4. Remove holder from key cylinder and remove key interlock
cable.

SCIA1549E

Revision: 2006 November AT-246 2006 350Z


KEY INTERLOCK CABLE

INSTALLATION
1. Set holder of key interlock cable to key cylinder and install lock A
plate.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse the lock plate B
2. Clamp key interlock cable and fix to key interlock cable with
band.
3. Turn ignition key to lock position. AT
4. Set selector lever to “P” position.

SCIA1549E

H
5. Insert interlock rod into adjuster holder.
6. Install casing cap to bracket.
7. Move slider in order to fix adjuster holder to interlock rod. I
CAUTION:
Do not touch any parts except slider. Do not add any force
to slider except force toward slider. J

K
SCIA1232E

Revision: 2006 November AT-247 2006 350Z


ON-VEHICLE SERVICE

ON-VEHICLE SERVICE PFP:00000

Control Valve with TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2 NCS00092

COMPONENTS

SCIA8045E

1. A/T 2. Snap ring 3. Sub-harness


4. Control valve with TCM 5. Bracket 6. A/T fluid temperature sensor 2
7. Oil pan gasket 8. Clip 9. Bracket
10. Bracket 11. Oil pan mounting bolt 12. Oil pan
13. Magnet 14. Drain plug 15. Drain plug gasket
16. Terminal cord assembly 17. O-ring
Refer to GI section to make sure icons (symbol marks) in the figure. Refer to GI-10, "Components" .

CONTROL VALVE WITH TCM ASSEMBLY REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION


Removal
1. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
3. Drain ATF through drain plug.
4. Disconnect A/T assembly harness connector.

Revision: 2006 November AT-248 2006 350Z


ON-VEHICLE SERVICE

5. Remove snap ring from A/T assembly harness connector.


A

AT

SCIA5021E

D
6. Push A/T assembly harness connector.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage connector. E

G
SCIA5022E

7. Remove clips (1) and bracket (2). H


8. Remove oil pan (3) and oil pan gasket.
● : Front
● : Bolt (22) I
● Drain plug (4)

SCIA8070E
K
9. Check foreign materials in oil pan to help determine causes of
malfunction. If the ATF is very dark, smells burned, or contains
foreign particles, the frictional material (clutches, band) may L
need replacement. A tacky film that will not wipe clean indicates
varnish build up. Varnish can cause valves, servo, and clutches
to stick and can inhibit pump pressure. M
● If frictional material is detected, perform A/T fluid cooler
cleaning. Refer to AT-15, "A/T Fluid Cooler Cleaning".

SCIA5199E

10. Remove magnets from oil pan.

SCIA5200E

Revision: 2006 November AT-249 2006 350Z


ON-VEHICLE SERVICE

11. Disconnect A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 connector according to the following procedure.
a. Four terminal clips
i. Straighten terminal clip ( ) to free terminal cord assembly and
A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 harness.
ii. Disconnect A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 connector (A).
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage connector.

SCIA8124E

b. Five terminal clips


i. Straighten terminal clip to free terminal cord assembly and A/T
fluid temperature sensor 2 harness.
ii. Disconnect A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 connector.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage connector.

SCIA5446E

12. Disconnect revolution sensor connector.


CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage connector.

SCIA7524E

13. Straighten terminal clip to free revolution sensor harness.

SCIA7525E

Revision: 2006 November AT-250 2006 350Z


ON-VEHICLE SERVICE

14. Remove bolts A, B and C from control valve with TCM.


● : Front A

Bolt symbol Length mm (in) Number of bolts


A 42 (1.65) 5 B
B 55 (2.17) 6
C 40 (1.57) 1
AT

SCIA8074E

D
15. Remove control valve with TCM from transmission case.
CAUTION:
When removing, be careful with the manual valve notch and E
manual plate height. Remove it vertically.

G
SCIA5142E

16. Remove A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 with bracket from con- H
trol valve with TCM.

SCIA5301E K
17. Remove bracket from A/T fluid temperature sensor 2.
L

SCIA5264E

18. Remove O-ring from A/T assembly harness connector.

SCIA5155E

Revision: 2006 November AT-251 2006 350Z


ON-VEHICLE SERVICE

19. Disconnect TCM connectors.


CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage connectors.

SCIA5447E

20. Remove A/T assembly harness connector from control valve


with TCM using a flat-bladed screwdriver.

SCIA5448E

21. Disconnect TCM connector and park/neutral position switch


connector.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage connectors.

SCIA5449E

Installation
CAUTION:
After completing installation, check A/T fluid leakage and A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-13, "Changing A/
T Fluid" , AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
1. Connect TCM connector and park/neutral position switch con-
nector.

SCIA5449E

Revision: 2006 November AT-252 2006 350Z


ON-VEHICLE SERVICE

2. Install A/T assembly harness connector from control valve with


TCM. A

AT

SCIA5450E

D
3. Connect TCM connectors.

G
SCIA5447E

4. Install O-ring in A/T assembly harness connector. H


CAUTION:
● Do not reuse O-ring.

● Apply ATF to O-ring.


I

SCIA5155E
K
5. Install A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 to bracket.

SCIA5264E

6. Install A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 (with bracket) in control


valve with TCM.
CAUTION:
Adjust bolt hole of bracket to bolt hole of control valve with
TCM.
: 7.9 N·m (0.81 kg-m, 70 in-lb)

SCIA5301E

Revision: 2006 November AT-253 2006 350Z


ON-VEHICLE SERVICE

7. Install control valve with TCM in transmission case.


CAUTION:
● Make sure that turbine revolution sensor securely installs
turbine revolution sensor hole.
● Hang down revolution sensor harness toward outside so
as not to disturb installation of control valve with TCM.
● Adjust A/T assembly harness connector of control valve
with TCM to terminal hole of transmission case.

SCIA5034E

● Assemble it so that manual valve cutout is engaged with


manual plate projection.

SCIA5142E

8. Install bolts A, B and C in control valve with TCM.


● : Front

Bolt symbol Length mm (in) Number of bolts


A 42 (1.65) 5
B 55 (2.17) 6
C 40 (1.57) 1

SCIA8074E

9. Tighten bolt 1, 2 and 3 temporarily to prevent dislocation. After


that tighten them in order (1 → 2 → 3), and then tighten other
bolts.
● : Front

: 7.9 N·m (0.81 kg-m, 70 in-lb)

SCIA8075E

10. Connect A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 connector according to the following procedure.

Revision: 2006 November AT-254 2006 350Z


ON-VEHICLE SERVICE

a. Four terminal clips


i. Securely fasten terminal cord assembly and A/T fluid tempera- A
ture sensor 2 harness with terminal clip ( ).
ii. Connect A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 connector (A).
B

AT

SCIA8124E

D
b. Five terminal clips
i. Securely fasten terminal cord assembly and A/T fluid tempera-
ture sensor 2 harness with terminal clip. E
ii. Connect A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 connector.

G
SCIA5446E

11. Connect revolution sensor connector. H

SCIA7524E
K
12. Securely fasten revolution sensor harness with terminal clip.

SCIA7525E

13. Install magnets in oil pan.

SCIA5200E

Revision: 2006 November AT-255 2006 350Z


ON-VEHICLE SERVICE

14. Install oil pan to transmission case.


a. Install oil pan gasket to oil pan.
CAUTION:
● Do not reuse oil pan gasket.

● Install it in the direction to align hole positions.

● Complete remove all moisture, oil and old gasket, etc. from oil pan gasket mounting surface.

b. Install oil pan (3) (with oil pan gasket), clips (1) and brackets (2)
to transmission case.
● : Front
● : Bolt (22)
CAUTION:
● Install it so that drain plug (4) comes to the position as
shown in the figure.
● Be careful not to pinch harnesses.

● Complete remove all moisture, oil and old gasket, etc.


from oil pan mounting surface. SCIA8070E

c. Tighten oil pan mounting bolts to the specified torque in numeri-


cal order shown in the figure after temporarily tightening them.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse oil pan mounting bolts.

: 7.9 N·m (0.81 kg-m, 70 in-lb)


15. Install drain plug to oil pan.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse drain plug gasket.
SCIA4113E
: 34 N·m (3.5 kg-m, 25 ft-lb)
16. Pull up A/T assembly harness connector.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage connector.

SCIA5038E

17. Install snap ring to A/T assembly harness connector.


18. Connect A/T assembly harness connector.
19. Connect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
20. Pour ATF into transmission assembly. Refer to AT-13, "Chang-
ing A/T Fluid" .
21. Connect the battery cable to the negative terminal.

SCIA5039E

Revision: 2006 November AT-256 2006 350Z


ON-VEHICLE SERVICE

A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION


Removal A
1. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
B
3. Drain ATF through drain plug.
4. Remove clips (1) and bracket (2).
5. Remove oil pan (3) and oil pan gasket. AT
● : Front
● : Bolt (22)
● Drain plug (4) D

SCIA8070E

6. Check foreign materials in oil pan to help determine causes of F


malfunction. If the ATF is very dark, smells burned, or contains
foreign particles, the frictional material (clutches, band) may
need replacement. A tacky film that will not wipe clean indicates G
varnish build up. Varnish can cause valves, servo, and clutches
to stick and can inhibit pump pressure.
● If frictional material is detected, perform A/T fluid cooler H
cleaning. Refer to AT-15, "A/T Fluid Cooler Cleaning".

SCIA5199E
I

7. Disconnect A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 connector (A).


CAUTION: J
Be careful not to damage connector.
8. Straighten terminal clip ( ) to free A/T fluid temperature sensor
2 harness. K

SCIA8125E

M
9. Remove A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 with bracket from con-
trol valve with TCM.

SCIA5302E

Revision: 2006 November AT-257 2006 350Z


ON-VEHICLE SERVICE

10. Remove bracket from A/T fluid temperature sensor 2.

SCIA5264E

Installation
CAUTION:
After completing installation, check A/T fluid leakage and A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-13, "Changing A/
T Fluid" , AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
1. Install A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 to bracket.

SCIA5264E

2. Install A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 (with bracket) in control


valve with TCM.
: 7.9 N·m (0.81 kg-m, 70 in-lb)

SCIA5302E

3. Connect A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 connector (A).


4. Securely fasten A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 harness with ter-
minal clip ( ).

SCIA8125E

5. Install oil pan to transmission case.


a. Install oil pan gasket to oil pan.
CAUTION:
● Do not reuse oil pan gasket.

● Install it in the direction to align hole positions.

● Complete remove all moisture, oil and old gasket, etc. from oil pan gasket mounting surface.

Revision: 2006 November AT-258 2006 350Z


ON-VEHICLE SERVICE

b. Install oil pan (3) (with oil pan gasket), clips (1) and brackets (2)
to transmission case. A
● : Front
● : Bolt (22)
B
CAUTION:
● Install it so that drain plug (4) comes to the position as
shown in the figure.
● Be careful not to pinch harnesses.
AT
● Complete remove all moisture, oil and old gasket, etc.
from oil pan mounting surface. SCIA8070E
D
c. Tighten oil pan mounting bolts to the specified torque in numeri-
cal order shown in the figure after temporarily tightening them.
CAUTION: E
Do not reuse oil pan mounting bolts.

: 7.9 N·m (0.81 kg-m, 70 in-lb)


F
6. Install drain plug to oil pan.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse drain plug gasket. G
SCIA4113E
: 34 N·m (3.5 kg-m, 25 ft-lb)
7. Connect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector. H
8. Pour ATF into A/T assembly. Refer to AT-13, "Changing A/T Fluid" .
9. Connect the battery cable to the negative terminal.
I

Revision: 2006 November AT-259 2006 350Z


ON-VEHICLE SERVICE

Parking Components NCS00093

COMPONENTS

SCIA7433E

1. Rear oil seal 2. Rear extension 3. Parking actuator support


4. Parking pawl 5. Return spring 6. Pawl shaft
7. Self-sealing bolt 8. Seal ring 9. Parking gear
10. Output shaft 11. Bearing race 12. Needle bearing
Refer to GI section to make sure icons (symbol marks) in the figure. Refer to GI-10, "Components" .
However, refer to the following for others.
*
: Apply Genuine Anaerobic Liquid Gasket or equivalent. Refer to GI-45, "Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants" .

REMOVAL
1. Drain ATF through drain plug.
2. Remove exhaust front tube and center muffler with power tool. Refer to EX-3, "Removal and Installation" .
3. Remove rear propeller shaft. Refer to PR-6, "Removal and Installation" .
CAUTION:
Do not impact or damage propeller shaft tube.
4. Remove control rod. Refer to AT-237, "Control Rod Removal and Installation" .
5. Support A/T assembly with a transmission jack.
CAUTION:
When setting transmission jack, be careful not to allow it to collide against the drain plug.
6. Remove rear engine mounting member with power tool. Refer to AT-274, "Removal and Installation" .

Revision: 2006 November AT-260 2006 350Z


ON-VEHICLE SERVICE

7. Remove tightening bolts for rear extension assembly and trans-


mission case. A

AT

SCIA6941E

D
8. Tap rear extension assembly with soft hammer.

G
SCIA3432E

9. Remove rear extension assembly from transmission case. (With H


needle bearing.)

SCIA3431E
K
10. Remove bearing race from output shaft.

SCIA5245E

11. Remove output shaft from transmission case by rotating left/


right.

SCIA5246E

Revision: 2006 November AT-261 2006 350Z


ON-VEHICLE SERVICE

12. Remove parking gear from output shaft.

SCIA5247E

13. Remove seal rings from output shaft.

SCIA5209E

14. Remove needle bearing from rear extension.

SCIA6021E

15. Remove parking actuator support from rear extension.

SCIA3423E

16. Remove parking pawl (with return spring) and pawl shaft from
rear extension.

SCIA3424E

Revision: 2006 November AT-262 2006 350Z


ON-VEHICLE SERVICE

17. Remove return spring from parking pawl.


A

AT

SCIA2445E
D
18. Remove rear oil seal from rear extension.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to scratch rear extension. E

G
SCIA3524E

INSPECTION
H
● If the contact surface on parking actuator support, parking pawl,
etc. has excessive wear, abrasion, bend, or any other damage,
replace the components.
I

K
SCIA5143E

SCIA5144E

Revision: 2006 November AT-263 2006 350Z


ON-VEHICLE SERVICE

INSTALLATION
CAUTION:
After completing installation, check A/T position, A/T fluid leakage and A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-238,
"Checking of A/T Position" , AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
1. As shown in the right figure, use a drift to drive rear oil seal into
the rear extension until it is flush.
CAUTION:
● Do not reuse rear oil seal.

● Apply ATF to rear oil seal.

SCIA5311E

2. Install return spring to parking pawl.

SCIA2445E

3. Install parking pawl (with return spring) and pawl shaft to rear
extension.

SCIA3424E

4. Install parking actuator support to rear extension.

SCIA3423E

Revision: 2006 November AT-264 2006 350Z


ON-VEHICLE SERVICE

5. Install needle bearing to rear extension.


CAUTION: A
● Take care with the direction of needle bearing. Refer to
AT-284, "Locations of Adjusting Shims, Needle Bearings,
Thrust Washers and Snap Rings" . B
● Apply petroleum jelly to needle bearing.

AT

SCIA6021E

D
6. Install seal rings in output shaft.
CAUTION:
● Do not reuse seal rings. E
● Apply petroleum jelly to seal rings.

G
SCIA5209E

7. Install parking gear to output shaft. H

SCIA5247E
K
8. Install output shaft to transmission case.

SCIA5246E

9. Install bearing race to output shaft.

SCIA5245E

Revision: 2006 November AT-265 2006 350Z


ON-VEHICLE SERVICE

10. Apply recommended sealant (Genuine Anaerobic Liquid Gasket


or equivalent. Refer to GI-45, "Recommended Chemical Prod-
ucts and Sealants" .) to rear extension assembly as shown in
the figure.
CAUTION:
Completely remove all moisture, oil and old sealant, etc.
from the transmission case and rear extension assembly
mounting surfaces.

SCIA8228E

11. Install rear extension assembly to transmission case. (With nee-


dle bearing.)
CAUTION:
Insert the tip of parking rod between the parking pawl and
the parking actuator support when assembling the rear
extension assembly.

SCIA3431E

12. Tighten rear extension assembly mounting bolts to specified


torque.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse self-sealing bolts.
Rear extension assembly mounting bolt:
: 52 N·m (5.3 Kg-m, 38 ft-lb)
Self-sealing bolt:
: 61 N·m (6.2 Kg-m, 45 ft-lb)
SCIA6941E

13. Install rear engine mounting member. Refer to AT-274, "Removal and Installation" .
14. Install control rod. Refer to AT-237, "Control Rod Removal and Installation" .
15. Install rear propeller shaft. Refer to PR-6, "Removal and Installation" .
CAUTION:
Do not impact or damage propeller shaft tube.
16. Install exhaust front tube and center muffler. Refer to EX-3, "Removal and Installation" .
17. Install drain plug in oil pan.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse drain plug gasket.

: 34 N·m (3.5 kg-m, 25 ft-lb)


18. Pour ATF into A/T assembly. Refer to AT-13, "Changing A/T Fluid" .

Revision: 2006 November AT-266 2006 350Z


ON-VEHICLE SERVICE

Rear Oil Seal NCS00094

REMOVAL A
1. Remove exhaust front tube and center muffler with power tool. Refer to EX-3, "Removal and Installation" .
2. Remove rear propeller shaft. Refer to PR-6, "Removal and Installation" .
CAUTION: B
Do not impact or damage propeller shaft tube.
3. Remove rear oil seal using a flat-bladed screwdriver.
CAUTION: AT
Be careful not to scratch rear extension assembly.

F
SCIA3428E

INSTALLATION G
CAUTION:
After completing installation, check A/T fluid leakage and A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-13, "Changing A/
T Fluid" , AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" . H
1. As shown in the right figure, use the drift to drive rear oil seal
into rear extension assembly until it is flush.
CAUTION: I
● Do not reuse rear oil seal.

● Apply ATF to rear oil seal.

2. Install rear propeller shaft. Refer to PR-6, "Removal and Installa- J


tion" .
CAUTION:
Do not impact or damage propeller shaft tube. K
3. Install exhaust front tube and center muffler. Refer to EX-3, SCIA5310E
"Removal and Installation" .
L

Revision: 2006 November AT-267 2006 350Z


ON-VEHICLE SERVICE

Revolution Sensor NCS00095

COMPONENTS

SCIA8046E

1. Rear extension 2. A/T 3. Oil pan gasket


4. Clip 5. Bracket 6. Bracket
7. Oil pan mounting bolt 8. Oil pan 9. Drain plug
10. Drain plug gasket 11. Revolution sensor 12. Self-sealing bolt
Refer to GI section to make sure icons (symbol marks) in the figure. Refer to GI-10, "Components" .
However, refer to the following for others.
*
: Apply Genuine Anaerobic Liquid Gasket or equivalent. Refer to GI-45, "Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants" .

REMOVAL
1. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
2. Drain ATF through drain plug.
3. Remove exhaust front tube and center muffler with power tool. Refer to EX-3, "Removal and Installation" .
4. Remove rear propeller shaft. Refer to PR-6, "Removal and Installation" .
CAUTION:
Do not impact or damage propeller shaft tube.
5. Remove control rod. Refer to AT-237, "Control Rod Removal and Installation" .

Revision: 2006 November AT-268 2006 350Z


ON-VEHICLE SERVICE

6. Remove clip (1) and bracket (2).


7. Remove oil pan (3) and oil pan gasket. A
● : Front
● : Bolt (22)
B
● Drain plug (4)

AT

SCIA8070E

D
8. Check foreign materials in oil pan to help determine causes of
malfunction. If the ATF is very dark, smells burned, or contains
foreign particles, the frictional material (clutches, band) may
E
need replacement. A tacky film that will not wipe clean indicates
varnish build up. Varnish can cause valves, servo, and clutches
to stick and can inhibit pump pressure.
● If frictional material is detected, perform A/T fluid cooler F
cleaning. Refer to AT-15, "A/T Fluid Cooler Cleaning".
9. Support transmission assembly with a transmission jack.
CAUTION: G
When setting transmission jack, place wooden blocks to SCIA5199E

prevent from damaging control valve with TCM and trans-


mission case. H
10. Remove rear engine mounting member with power tool. Refer to AT-274, "Removal and Installation" .

11. Remove tightening bolts for rear extension assembly and trans- I
mission case.

SCIA6941E L

12. Tap rear extension assembly with soft hammer.


M

SCIA3432E

Revision: 2006 November AT-269 2006 350Z


ON-VEHICLE SERVICE

13. Remove rear extension assembly from transmission case. (With


needle bearing.)

SCIA3431E

14. Disconnect revolution sensor connector.


CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage connector.

SCIA7524E

15. Straighten terminal clip to free revolution sensor harness.

SCIA7525E

16. Remove revolution sensor from transmission case.


CAUTION:
● Do not subject it to impact by dropping or hitting it.

● Do not disassemble.

● Do not allow metal filings, etc., to get on the sensor's


front edge magnetic area.
● Do not place in an area affected by magnetism.

SCIA3997E

INSTALLATION
CAUTION:
After completing installation, check A/T position, A/T fluid leakage and A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-238,
"Checking of A/T Position" , AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" .

Revision: 2006 November AT-270 2006 350Z


ON-VEHICLE SERVICE

1. Install revolution sensor in transmission case.


CAUTION: A
● Do not subject it to impact by dropping or hitting it.

● Do not disassemble.

● Do not allow metal filings, etc., to get on the sensor's B


front edge magnetic area.
● Do not place in an area affected by magnetism.
AT
: 5.8 N·m (0.59 kg-m, 51 in-lb)
SCIA3997E

D
2. Connect revolution sensor connector.

G
SCIA7524E

3. Securely fasten revolution sensor harness with clip.


H

SCIA7525E
K
4. Apply recommended sealant (Genuine Anaerobic Liquid Gasket
or equivalent. Refer to GI-45, "Recommended Chemical Prod-
ucts and Sealants" .) to rear extension assembly as shown in L
illustration.
CAUTION:
Completely remove all moisture, oil and old sealant, etc. M
from transmission case and rear extension assembly
mounting surfaces.

SCIA8228E

5. Install rear extension assembly to transmission case. (With nee-


dle bearing.)
CAUTION:
Insert the tip of parking rod between the parking pawl and
the parking actuator support when assembling the rear
extension assembly.

SCIA3431E

Revision: 2006 November AT-271 2006 350Z


ON-VEHICLE SERVICE

6. Tighten rear extension assembly mounting bolts to specified


torque.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse self-sealing bolts.
Rear extension assembly mounting bolt:
: 52 N·m (5.3 Kg-m, 38 ft-lb)
Self-sealing bolt:
: 61 N·m (6.2 Kg-m, 45 ft-lb)
SCIA6941E

7. Install rear engine mounting member. Refer to AT-274, "Removal and Installation" .
8. Install oil pan to transmission case.
a. Install oil pan gasket to oil pan.
CAUTION:
● Do not reuse oil pan gasket.

● Install it in the direction to align hole positions.

● Completely remove all moisture, oil and old gasket, etc. from oil pan gasket mounting surface.

b. Install oil pan (3) (with oil pan gasket), clips (1) and brackets (2)
to transmission case.
● : Front
● : Bolt (22)
CAUTION:
● Install it so that drain plug (4) comes to the position as
shown in the figure.
● Be careful not to pinch harnesses.

● Completely remove all moisture, oil and old gasket, etc.


from oil pan mounting surface. SCIA8070E

c. Tighten oil pan mounting bolts to the specified torque in numeri-


cal order shown in the figure after temporarily tightening them.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse oil pan mounting bolts.

: 7.9 N·m (0.81 kg-m, 70 in-lb)


9. Install drain plug to oil pan.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse drain plug gasket.
SCIA4113E
: 34 N·m (3.5 kg-m, 25 ft-lb)
10. Install control rod. Refer to AT-237, "Control Rod Removal and Installation" .
11. Install rear propeller shaft. Refer to PR-6, "Removal and Installation" .
CAUTION:
Do not impact or damage propeller shaft tube.
12. Install exhaust front tube and center muffler. Refer to EX-3, "Removal and Installation" .
13. Pour ATF into A/T assembly. Refer to AT-13, "Changing A/T Fluid" .
14. Connect the battery cable to the negative terminal.

Revision: 2006 November AT-272 2006 350Z


AIR BREATHER HOSE

AIR BREATHER HOSE PFP:31098


A
Removal and Installation NCS00096

Refer to the figure below for air breather hose removal and installation procedure.
B

AT

SCIA0860E

CAUTION: H
● When installing an air breather hose, be careful not to be crushed or blocked by folding or bend-
ing the hose.
● When inserting a hose to the transmission tube, be sure to insert it fully until its end reaches the
I
tube bend R portion.

Revision: 2006 November AT-273 2006 350Z


TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY

TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY PFP:31020

Removal and Installation NCS00097

SCIA6378E

1. A/T fluid charging pipe 2. O-ring 3. Engine mounting insulator (rear)


4. Rear engine mounting member 5. Copper washer 6. Fluid cooler tube
7. Bracket 8. A/T assembly 9. A/T fluid level gauge

REMOVAL
CAUTION:
● When removing the A/T assembly from engine, first remove the crankshaft position sensor (POS)
from the A/T assembly.
● Be careful not to damage sensor edge.
1. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
2. Remove tower bar with power tool. Refer to FSU-20, "Removal and Installation" .
3. Remove engine under cover with power tool.
4. Remove front cross bar with power tool. Refer to FSU-8, "Components" .
5. Remove exhaust front tube and center muffler with power tool. Refer to EX-3, "Removal and Installation" .
6. Remove three way catalyst. Refer to EM-25, "Removal and Installation" .
7. Remove rear propeller shaft. Refer to PR-6, "Removal and Installation" .
CAUTION:
Do not impact, or damage propeller shaft tube.
8. Remove control rod. Refer to AT-237, "Control Rod Removal and Installation" .
9. Disconnect A/T assembly harness connector.

Revision: 2006 November AT-274 2006 350Z


TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY

10. Remove crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EM-29,


"Removal and Installation" . A
CAUTION:
● Do not subject it to impact by dropping or hitting it.

● Do not disassemble. B
● Do not allow metal filings, etc., to get on the sensor's
front edge magnetic area.
● Do not place in an area affected by magnetism. AT
11. Remove fluid cooler tube and A/T fluid charging pipe.
12. Plug up openings such as the A/T fluid charging pipe hole, etc. SCIA1564E

13. Remove air breather hose. Refer to AT-273, "Removal and D


Installation" .
14. Remove starter motor with power tool. Refer to SC-19, "Removal and Installation" .
E
15. Remove rear cover plate. Refer to EM-29, "Removal and Installation" .
16. Remove rear plate from converter housing part. Refer to EM-29, "Removal and Installation" .
17. Turn crankshaft, and remove the four tightening bolts for drive plate and torque converter.
F
CAUTION:
When turning crankshaft, turn it clockwise as viewed from the front of the engine.
18. Support A/T assembly with a transmission jack. G
CAUTION:
When setting the transmission jack, be careful not to allow it to collide against the drain plug.
19. Remove rear engine mounting member with power tool. H
20. Remove bolts fixing A/T assembly to engine assembly with power tool.
21. Remove A/T assembly from vehicle with a transmission jack.
● Secure torque converter to prevent it from dropping. I
● Secure A/T assembly to a transmission jack.

22. Remove engine mounting insulator (rear) and bracket.


J

SCIA0499E

INSPECTION L
Installation and Inspection of Torque Converter
● After inserting a torque converter to a A/T, be sure to check dis-
M
tance “A” to ensure it is within the reference value limit.
Distance “A”: 25.0 mm (0.98 in) or more

SCIA5694E

Revision: 2006 November AT-275 2006 350Z


TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY

INSTALLATION
Install the removed parts in the reverse order of the removal, while paying attention to the following work.
● When installing A/T assembly to the engine assembly, attach the
fixing bolts in accordance with the following standard.
Bolt No. 1 2 3 4
Number of bolts 1 5 2 2
Bolt length
55 (2.17) 65 (2.56) 56.5 (2.224) 35 (1.38)
“ ”mm (in)
Tightening torque
75 (7.7, 55) 55 (5.6, 41) 47 (4.8, 35)
N·m (kg-m, ft-lb)

SCIA3949E

● Align the positions of tightening bolts for drive plate with those of
the torque converter, and temporarily tighten the bolts. Then
tighten the bolts with the specified torque.

: 51 N·m (5.2 kg-m, 38 ft-lb)


CAUTION:
● When turning crankshaft, turn it clockwise as viewed from
the front of the engine.
● When tightening the tightening bolts for the torque con-
verter after fixing the crankshaft pulley bolts, be sure to
SCIA1493E
confirm the tightening torque of the crankshaft pulley
mounting bolts. Refer to EM-59, "TIMING CHAIN" .
● After converter is installed to drive plate, rotate crankshaft several turns and check to be sure that
transmission rotates freely without binding.
● Install crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EM-29, "Removal and Installation" .
● After completing installation, check A/T fluid leakage, A/T fluid level, and A/T positions. Refer to AT-13,
"Checking A/T Fluid" , AT-238, "Checking of A/T Position" .

Revision: 2006 November AT-276 2006 350Z


OVERHAUL

OVERHAUL PFP:00000
A
Components NCS00098

AT

SCIA8027E

Revision: 2006 November AT-277 2006 350Z


OVERHAUL

1. O-ring 2. Oil pump cover 3. O-ring


4. Oil pump housing 5. Self-sealing bolt 6. Torque converter
7. Converter housing 8. Oil pump housing oil seal 9. Bearing race
10. Needle bearing 11. O-ring 12. Front carrier assembly
13. Snap ring 14. Front sun gear 15. 3rd one-way clutch
16. Snap ring 17. Bearing race 18. Needle bearing
19. Seal ring 20. Input clutch assembly 21. Needle bearing
22. Rear internal gear 23. Brake band 24. Mid carrier assembly
25. Needle bearing 26. Bearing race 27. Rear carrier assembly
28. Needle bearing 29. Mid sun gear 30. Seal ring
31. Rear sun gear 32. 1st one-way clutch 33. Snap ring
34. Needle bearing 35. High and low reverse clutch hub 36. Snap ring
37. Bearing race 38. Needle bearing
Refer to GI section to make sure icons (symbol marks) in the figure. Refer to GI-10, "Components" .
However, refer to the following for others.
*
: Apply Genuine RTV silicone sealant or equivalent. Refer to GI-45, "Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants" .

Revision: 2006 November AT-278 2006 350Z


OVERHAUL

AT

SCIA7389E

1. Bearing race 2. High and low reverse clutch assem- 3. Needle bearing
bly
4. Direct clutch assembly 5. Needle bearing 6. Reverse brake dish plate

Revision: 2006 November AT-279 2006 350Z


OVERHAUL

7. Reverse brake driven plate 8. N-spring 9. Snap ring


10. Reverse brake retaining plate 11. Reverse brake drive plate 12. Snap ring
13. Spring retainer 14. Return spring 15. Reverse brake piston
16. D-ring 17. D-ring

Revision: 2006 November AT-280 2006 350Z


OVERHAUL

AT

SCIA8053E

1. Rear oil seal 2. Self-sealing bolt 3. Rear extension


4. Parking actuator support 5. Return spring 6. Parking pawl
7. Pawl shaft 8. Seal ring 9. Needle bearing

Revision: 2006 November AT-281 2006 350Z


OVERHAUL

10. Revolution sensor 11. Parking gear 12. Output shaft


13. Bearing race 14. Needle bearing 15. Manual plate
16. Parking rod 17. Manual shaft oil seal 18. Manual shaft
19. O-ring 20. Band servo anchor end pin 21. Detent spring
22. Spacer 23. Seal ring 24. Snap ring
25. Return spring 26. O-ring 27. Servo assembly
28. Snap ring 29. Sub-harness 30. Control valve with TCM
31. Bracket 32. A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 33. Clip
34. Bracket 35. Bracket 36. Oil pan mounting bolt
37. Oil pan 38. Magnet 39. Drain plug
40. Drain plug gasket 41. Oil pan gasket 42. Terminal cord assembly
43. O-ring 44. Retaining pin 45. Transmission case
Refer to GI section to make sure icons (symbol marks) in the figure. Refer to GI-10, "Components" .
However, refer to the following for others.
*
: Apply Genuine Anaerobic Liquid Gasket or equivalent. Refer to GI-45, "Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants" .

Revision: 2006 November AT-282 2006 350Z


OVERHAUL

Oil Channel NCS00099

AT

SCIA6387E

Revision: 2006 November AT-283 2006 350Z


OVERHAUL

Locations of Adjusting Shims, Needle Bearings, Thrust Washers and Snap


Rings NCS0009A

SCIA6729E

Revision: 2006 November AT-284 2006 350Z


DISASSEMBLY

DISASSEMBLY PFP:31020
A
Disassembly NCS0009B

CAUTION:
Do not disassemble parts behind Drum Support. Refer to AT-18, "Cross-sectional View" . B
1. Drain ATF through drain plug.
2. Remove torque converter by holding it firmly and turing while
pulling straight out. AT

SCIA5010E

F
3. Check torque converter one-way clutch using check tool as
shown at figure.
a. Insert check tool into the groove of bearing support built into G
one-way clutch outer race.
b. When fixing bearing support with check tool, rotate one- way
clutch spline using screwdriver. H
c. Check that inner race rotates clockwise only. If not, replace
torque converter assembly.
I

SCIA3171E
M
4. Remove tightening bolts (1) for converter housing and transmis-
sion case.
● : Bolt (8)
● Self-sealing bolt (2)

5. Remove converter housing from transmission case.


CAUTION:
Be careful not to scratch converter housing.

SCIA8029E

Revision: 2006 November AT-285 2006 350Z


DISASSEMBLY

6. Remove O-ring from input clutch assembly.

SCIA5011E

7. Remove tightening bolts for oil pump assembly and transmis-


sion case.

SCIA2300E

8. Attach the sliding hammers to oil pump assembly and extract it


evenly from transmission case.
CAUTION:
● Fully tighten sliding hammer screw.

● Make sure that bearing race is installed to the oil pump


assembly edge surface.

SCIA5312E

9. Remove O-ring from oil pump assembly.

SCIA5172E

Revision: 2006 November AT-286 2006 350Z


DISASSEMBLY

10. Remove bearing race from oil pump assembly.


A

AT

SCIA6529E

D
11. Remove needle bearing from front sun gear.

G
SCIA2808E

12. Remove front sun gear assembly from front carrier assembly. H
NOTE:
Remove front sun gear by rotating left/right.
I

SCIA5014E
K
13. Remove seal rings from input clutch assembly.

SCIA2470E

14. Remove front carrier assembly from rear carrier assembly. (With
input clutch assembly and rear internal gear.)
CAUTION:
Be careful to remove it with needle bearing.

SCIA5015E

Revision: 2006 November AT-287 2006 350Z


DISASSEMBLY

15. Loosen lock nut and remove band servo anchor end pin from
transmission case.

SCIA6512E

16. Remove brake band from transmission case.

SCIA2580E

● To prevent brake linings from cracking or peeling, do not


stretch the flexible band unnecessarily. When removing
the brake band, always secure it with a clip as shown in
the figure at right.
Leave the clip in position after removing the brake band.
● Check brake band facing for damage, cracks, wear or
burns.

SAT655

17. Remove mid carrier assembly and rear carrier assembly as a


unit.

SCIA5017E

18. Remove mid carrier assembly from rear carrier assembly.

SCIA5697E

Revision: 2006 November AT-288 2006 350Z


DISASSEMBLY

19. Remove needle bearing (front side) from mid carrier assembly.
A

AT

SCIA2805E
D
20. Remove needle bearing (rear side) from mid carrier assembly.

G
SCIA2804E

21. Remove bearing race from rear carrier assembly. H

SCIA5175E K

22. Remove needle bearing from rear carrier assembly.


L

SCIA2803E

23. Remove mid sun gear assembly, rear sun gear assembly and
high and low reverse clutch hub as a unit.
CAUTION:
Be careful to remove then with bearing race and needle
bearing.

SCIA5018E

Revision: 2006 November AT-289 2006 350Z


DISASSEMBLY

24. Remove high and low reverse clutch assembly from direct clutch
assembly.
CAUTION:
Make sure that needle bearing is installed to the high and
low reverse clutch assembly edge surface.

SCIA2306E

25. Remove direct clutch assembly from reverse brake.

SCIA5019E

26. Remove needle bearing from drum support.

SCIA5198E

27. Remove snap ring from A/T assembly harness connector.

SCIA5021E

28. Push A/T assembly harness connector.


CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage connector.

SCIA5022E

Revision: 2006 November AT-290 2006 350Z


DISASSEMBLY

29. Remove clips (1) and brackets (2).


A
30. Remove oil pan (3) and oil pan gasket.
● : Front
● : Bolt (22) B
● Drain plug

AT

SCIA8070E
D
31. Check foreign materials in oil pan to help determine causes of
malfunction. If the ATF is very dark, smells burned, or contains
foreign particles, the frictional material (clutches, band) may E
need replacement. A tacky film that will not wipe clean indicates
varnish build up. Varnish can cause valves, servo, and clutches
to stick and can inhibit pump pressure.
F
● If frictional material is detected, perform A/T fluid cooler
cleaning. Refer to AT-15, "A/T Fluid Cooler Cleaning".

G
SCIA5199E

H
32. Remove magnets from oil pan.

K
SCIA5200E

33. Disconnect A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 connector according to the following procedure.
a. Four terminal clips L
i. Straighten terminal clip ( ) to free terminal cord assembly and
A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 harness.
ii. Disconnect A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 connector (A). M
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage connector.

SCIA8124E

Revision: 2006 November AT-291 2006 350Z


DISASSEMBLY

b. Five terminal clips


i. Straighten terminal clip to free terminal cord assembly and A/T
fluid temperature sensor 2 harness.
ii. Disconnect A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 connector.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage connector.

SCIA5446E

34. Disconnect revolution sensor connector.


CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage connector.

SCIA7524E

35. Straighten terminal clip to free revolution sensor harness.

SCIA7526E

36. Remove bolts A, B and C from control valve with TCM.


● : Front

Bolt symbol Length mm (in) Number of bolts


A 42 (1.65) 5
B 55 (2.17) 6
C 40 (1.57) 1

SCIA8077E

Revision: 2006 November AT-292 2006 350Z


DISASSEMBLY

37. Remove control valve with TCM from transmission case.


CAUTION: A
When removing, be careful with the manual valve notch and
manual plate height. Remove it vertically.
B

AT

SCIA5260E

D
38. Remove A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 with bracket from con-
trol valve with TCM.
E

G
SCIA5301E

39. Remove bracket from A/T fluid temperature sensor 2. H

SCIA5264E
K
40. Remove O-ring from A/T assembly harness connector.

SCIA5155E

41. Disconnect TCM connectors.


CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage connectors.

SCIA5447E

Revision: 2006 November AT-293 2006 350Z


DISASSEMBLY

42. Remove A/T assembly harness connector from control valve


with TCM using a flat-bladed screwdriver.

SCIA5448E

43. Disconnect TCM connector and park/neutral position switch


connector.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage connectors.

SCIA5449E

44. Remove tightening bolts for rear extension assembly and trans-
mission case.

SCIA6941E

45. Tap rear extension assembly with soft hammer.

SCIA5028E

46. Remove rear extension assembly from transmission case. (With


needle bearing)

SCIA5029E

Revision: 2006 November AT-294 2006 350Z


DISASSEMBLY

47. Remove bearing race from output shaft.


A

AT

SCIA5245E
D
48. Remove output shaft from transmission case by rotating left/
right.
E

G
SCIA5030E

49. Remove parking gear from output shaft. H

SCIA5247E K

50. Remove seal rings from output shaft.


L

SCIA5209E

51. Remove needle bearing from transmission case.

SCIA5031E

Revision: 2006 November AT-295 2006 350Z


DISASSEMBLY

52. Remove revolution sensor from transmission case.


CAUTION:
● Do not subject it to impact by dropping or hitting it.

● Do not disassemble.

● Do not allow metal filings, etc., to get on the sensor's


front edge magnetic area.
● Do not place in an area affected by magnetism.

SCIA2320E

53. Remove reverse brake snap ring (fixing plate) using 2 flat-
bladed screwdrivers.
NOTE:
Press out snap ring from the transmission case oil pan side gap
using a flat-bladed screwdriver, and remove it using another
screwdriver.
54. Remove reverse brake retaining plate from transmission case.
● Check facing for burns, cracks or damage. If necessary,
replace the plate.
SCIA5032E

55. Remove N-spring from transmission case.

SCIA5214E

56. Remove reverse brake drive plates, driven plates and dish plate
from transmission case.
CAUTION:
Be careful to remove it with N-spring.

SCIA2322E

57. Remove snap ring (fixing spring retainer) using a flat-bladed


screwdriver.

SCIA2323E

Revision: 2006 November AT-296 2006 350Z


DISASSEMBLY

58. Remove spring retainer and return spring from transmission


case. A

AT

SCIA2324E
D
59. Remove seal rings from drum support.

G
SCIA3333E

60. Remove needle bearing from drum support edge surface. H

SCIA2796E K

61. Remove reverse brake piston from transmission case with com-
pressed air. Refer to AT-283, "Oil Channel" .
L
CAUTION:
Care should be taken not to abruptly blow air. It makes pis-
tons incline, as the result, it becomes hard to disassemble
the pistons. M

SCIA5047E

Revision: 2006 November AT-297 2006 350Z


DISASSEMBLY

62. Remove D-rings from reverse brake piston.

SCIA5340E

63. Use a pin punch [4mm (0.16in) dia. commercial service tool] to
knock out retaining pin.

SCIA2328E

64. Remove manual shaft retaining pin using a pair of nippers.

SCIA2329E

65. Remove manual plate (with parking rod) from manual shaft.

SCIA5715E

66. Remove parking rod from manual plate.

SCIA5220E

Revision: 2006 November AT-298 2006 350Z


DISASSEMBLY

67. Remove manual shaft from transmission case.


A

AT

SCIA5716E
D
68. Remove manual shaft oil seals using a flat-bladed screwdriver.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to scratch transmission case. E

G
SCIA2331E

69. Remove detent spring and spacer from transmission case. H

SCIA5248E K

70. Using snap ring pliers, remove snap ring from transmission
case.
L

SCIA2333E

71. Remove servo assembly (with return spring) from transmission


case.

SCIA2334E

Revision: 2006 November AT-299 2006 350Z


DISASSEMBLY

72. Remove return spring from servo assembly.

SCIA5717E

73. Remove O-rings from servo assembly.

SCIA5719E

74. Remove needle bearing from rear extension.

SCIA6021E

75. Remove parking actuator support from rear extension.

SCIA3423E

76. Remove parking pawl (with return spring) and pawl shaft from
rear extension.

SCIA3424E

Revision: 2006 November AT-300 2006 350Z


DISASSEMBLY

77. Remove return spring from parking pawl.


A

AT

SCIA2445E
D
78. Remove rear oil seal from rear extension.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to scratch rear extension. E

G
SCIA3524E

Revision: 2006 November AT-301 2006 350Z


REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS PFP:00000

Oil Pump NCS0009C

COMPONENTS

SCIA5323E

1. O-ring 2. Oil pump cover 3. O-ring


4. Oil pump housing 5. Oil pump housing oil seal

DISASSEMBLY
1. Remove oil pump housing from oil pump cover.

SCIA6388E

2. Remove oil pump housing oil seal using a flat-bladed screw-


driver.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to scratch oil pump housing.

SCIA2840E

Revision: 2006 November AT-302 2006 350Z


REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS

3. Remove O-ring from oil pump housing.


A

AT

SCIA2841E

D
4. Remove O-ring from oil pump cover.

G
SCIA5230E

ASSEMBLY H
1. Install O-ring to oil pump cover.
CAUTION:
● Do not reuse O-ring. I
● Apply ATF to O-ring.

K
SCIA5230E

2. Install O-ring to oil pump housing. L


CAUTION:
● Do not reuse O-ring.

● Apply ATF to O-ring.


M

SCIA2841E

Revision: 2006 November AT-303 2006 350Z


REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS

3. Using a drift, install oil pump housing oil seal to the oil pump
housing until it is flush.
CAUTION:
● Do not reuse oil seal.

● Apply ATF to oil seal.

SCIA5313E

4. Install oil pump housing to oil pump cover.


5. Tighten bolts to the specified torque in numerical order shown in
the figure after temporarily tightening them.
: 9.0 N·m (0.92 kg-m, 80 in-lb.)

SCIA6388E

Revision: 2006 November AT-304 2006 350Z


REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS

Front Sun Gear, 3rd One-way Clutch NCS0009D

COMPONENTS A

AT

SCIA3114E G
1. Front sun gear 2. 3rd one-way clutch 3. Snap ring

DISASSEMBLY
H
1. Using a flat-bladed screwdriver, remove snap ring from front sun
gear.

K
SCIA3110E

2. Remove 3rd one-way clutch from front sun gear.


L

SCIA3111E

INSPECTION
3rd One-way Clutch
● Check frictional surface for wear or damage.
CAUTION:
If necessary, replace the 3rd one-way clutch.
Front Sun Gear Snap Ring
● Check for deformation, fatigue or damage.

Revision: 2006 November AT-305 2006 350Z


REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS

CAUTION:
If necessary, replace the snap ring.
Front Sun Gear
● Check for deformation, fatigue or damage.
CAUTION:
If necessary, replace the front sun gear.
ASSEMBLY
1. Install 3rd one-way clutch in front sun gear.
CAUTION:
Apply ATF to 3rd one-way clutch.

SCIA3111E

2. Using a flat-bladed screwdriver, install snap ring in front sun


gear.

SCIA3110E

3. Check operation of 3rd one-way clutch.


a. Hold oil pump assembly and turn front sun gear.
b. Check 3rd one-way clutch for correct locking and unlocking
directions.
CAUTION:
If not as shown in the figure, check installation direction of
3rd one-way clutch.

SCIA3131E

Revision: 2006 November AT-306 2006 350Z


REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS

Front Carrier, Input Clutch, Rear Internal Gear NCS0009E

COMPONENTS A

AT

SCIA5426E

1. Seal ring 2. O-ring 3. Needle bearing


4. Bearing race 5. Front carrier assembly 6. Snap ring
7. Snap ring 8. Retaining plate 9. Driven plate
10. Input clutch drum 11. Drive plate 12. Rear internal gear

Revision: 2006 November AT-307 2006 350Z


REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS

DISASSEMBLY
1. Compress snap ring using 2 flat-bladed screwdrivers.
2. Remove front carrier assembly and input clutch assembly from
rear internal gear.
3. Remove front carrier assembly from input clutch assembly.

SCIA7475E

a. Remove bearing race from front carrier assembly.

SCIA2847E

b. Remove snap ring from front carrier assembly.


CAUTION:
Do not expand snap ring excessively.

SCIA5476E

4. Disassemble input clutch assembly.


a. Remove O-ring and seal rings from input clutch assembly.

SCIA5235E

Revision: 2006 November AT-308 2006 350Z


REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS

b. Remove needle bearing from input clutch assembly.


A

AT

SCIA2853E

D
c. Using a flat-bladed screwdriver, remove snap ring from input
clutch drum.
d. Remove drive plates, driven plates and retaining plate from input E
clutch drum.

G
SCIA2864E

INSPECTION H
Front Carrier Snap Ring
● Check for deformation, fatigue or damage.
CAUTION: I
If necessary, replace the snap ring.
Input Clutch Snap Ring
J
● Check for deformation, fatigue or damage.
CAUTION:
If necessary, replace the input clutch assembly.
K
Input Clutch Drum
● Check for deformation, fatigue or damage or burns.
CAUTION: L
If necessary, replace the input clutch assembly.
Input Clutch Drive Plates
● Check facing for burns, cracks or damage. M
CAUTION:
If necessary, replace the input clutch assembly.
Input Clutch Retaining Plate and Driven Plates
● Check facing for burns, cracks or damage.
CAUTION:
If necessary, replace the input clutch assembly.
Front Carrier
● Check for deformation, fatigue or damage.
CAUTION:
If necessary, replace the front carrier assembly.
Rear Internal Gear
● Check for deformation, fatigue or damage.
CAUTION:
If necessary, replace the rear internal gear.

Revision: 2006 November AT-309 2006 350Z


REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS

ASSEMBLY
1. Install input clutch.
a. Install drive plates, driven plates and retaining plate in input clutch drum.
CAUTION:
Take care with order of plates.
b. Using a flat-bladed screwdriver, install snap ring in input clutch
drum.

SCIA2864E

c. Install needle bearing in input clutch assembly.


CAUTION:
● Take care with the direction of needle bearing. Refer to
AT-284, "Locations of Adjusting Shims, Needle Bearings,
Thrust Washers and Snap Rings" .
● Apply petroleum jelly to needle bearing.

SCIA2853E

d. Install O-ring and seal rings in input clutch assembly.


CAUTION:
● Do not reuse O-ring and seal rings.

● Apply ATF to O-ring.

● Apply petroleum jelly to seal rings.

SCIA5235E

2. Install front carrier assembly.


a. Install snap ring to front carrier assembly.
CAUTION:
Do not expand snap ring excessively.

SCIA5476E

Revision: 2006 November AT-310 2006 350Z


REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS

b. Install bearing race in front carrier assembly.


CAUTION: A
Apply petroleum jelly to bearing race.
c. Install front carrier assembly to input clutch assembly.
B

AT

SCIA2847E

D
3. Compress snap ring using 2 flat-bladed screwdrivers.
4. Install front carrier assembly and input clutch assembly to rear
internal gear. E

G
SCIA7475E

Revision: 2006 November AT-311 2006 350Z


REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS

Mid Sun Gear, Rear Sun Gear, High and Low Reverse Clutch Hub NCS0009F

COMPONENTS

SCIA2851E

1. Needle bearing 2. Bearing race 3. Snap ring


4. High and low reverse clutch hub 5. Needle bearing 6. Snap ring
7. 1st one-way clutch 8. Rear sun gear 9. Seal ring
10. Mid sun gear

DISASSEMBLY
1. Remove needle bearing and bearing race from high and low
reverse clutch hub.

SCIA2854E

2. Using snap ring pliers, remove snap ring from mid sun gear
assembly.
CAUTION:
Do not expand snap ring excessively.

SCIA2855E

Revision: 2006 November AT-312 2006 350Z


REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS

3. Remove high and low reverse clutch hub from mid sun gear
assembly. A

AT

SCIA2856E

D
a. Remove needle bearing from high and low reverse clutch hub.

G
SCIA2857E

4. Remove rear sun gear assembly from mid sun gear assembly. H

SCIA2858E K

a. Using a flat-bladed screwdriver, remove snap ring from rear sun


gear. L

SCIA2859E

Revision: 2006 November AT-313 2006 350Z


REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS

b. Remove 1st one-way clutch from rear sun gear.

SCIA4633E

5. Remove seal rings from mid sun gear.

SCIA2861E

INSPECTION
High and Low Reverse Clutch Hub Snap Ring, Rear Sun Gear Snap Ring
● Check for deformation, fatigue or damage.
CAUTION:
If necessary, replace the snap ring.
1st One-way Clutch
● Check frictional surface for wear or damage.
CAUTION:
If necessary, replace the 1st one-way clutch.
Mid Sun Gear
● Check for deformation, fatigue or damage.
CAUTION:
If necessary, replace the mid sun gear.
Rear Sun Gear
● Check for deformation, fatigue or damage.
CAUTION:
If necessary, replace the rear sun gear.
High and Low Reverse Clutch Hub
● Check for deformation, fatigue or damage.
CAUTION:
If necessary, replace the high and low reverse clutch hub.

Revision: 2006 November AT-314 2006 350Z


REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS

ASSEMBLY
1. Install seal rings to mid sun gear. A
CAUTION:
● Do not reuse seal rings.

● Apply petroleum jelly to seal rings. B

AT

SCIA2861E
D

2. Install 1st one-way clutch to rear sun gear.


CAUTION: E
Apply petroleum jelly to 1st one-way clutch.

SCIA4633E

H
3. Using a flat-bladed screwdriver, install snap ring to rear sun
gear.
I

K
SCIA2859E

4. Install rear sun gear assembly to mid sun gear assembly.


L

SCIA2858E

Revision: 2006 November AT-315 2006 350Z


REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS

5. Install needle bearing to high and low reverse clutch hub.


CAUTION:
● Take care with the direction of needle bearing. Refer to
AT-284, "Locations of Adjusting Shims, Needle Bearings,
Thrust Washers and Snap Rings" .
● Apply petroleum jelly to needle bearing.

SCIA2857E

6. Install high and low reverse clutch hub to mid sun gear assem-
bly.

SCIA2856E

7. Using snap ring pliers, install snap ring to mid sun gear assem-
bly.
CAUTION:
Do not expand snap ring excessively.

SCIA2855E

8. Check operation of 1st one-way clutch.


a. Hold mid sun gear and turn rear sun gear.
b. Check 1st one-way clutch for correct locking and unlocking
directions.
CAUTION:
If not as shown in illustration, check installation direction of
1st one-way clutch.

SCIA3132E

9. Install needle bearing and bearing race to high and low reverse
clutch hub.
CAUTION:
● Take care with the direction of needle bearing. Refer to
AT-284, "Locations of Adjusting Shims, Needle Bearings,
Thrust Washers and Snap Rings" .
● Apply petroleum jelly to needle bearing.

SCIA2854E

Revision: 2006 November AT-316 2006 350Z


REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS

High and Low Reverse Clutch NCS0009G

COMPONENTS A

AT

SCIA5045E G
1. High and low reverse clutch drum 2. Driven plate 3. Retaining plate
4. Snap ring 5. Drive plate 6. Bearing race
H
DISASSEMBLY
1. Remove bearing race from high and low reverse clutch drum.
I

SCIA5215E

2. Using a flat-bladed screwdriver, remove snap ring from high and L


low reverse clutch drum.
3. Remove drive plates, driven plates and retaining plate from high
and low reverse clutch drum. M

SCIA2868E

Revision: 2006 November AT-317 2006 350Z


REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS

INSPECTION
● Check the following, and replace high and low reverse clutch assembly if necessary.
High and Low Reverse Clutch Snap Ring
● Check for deformation, fatigue or damage.
High and Low Reverse Clutch Drive Plates
● Check facing for burns, cracks or damage.
High and Low Reverse Clutch Retaining Plate and Driven Plates
● Check facing for burns, cracks or damage.

ASSEMBLY
1. Install drive plates, driven plates and retaining plate in high and low reverse clutch drum.
CAUTION:
Take care with order of plates.
2. Using a flat-bladed screwdriver, install snap ring in high and low
reverse clutch drum.

SCIA2868E

3. Install bearing race to high and low reverse clutch drum.


CAUTION:
Apply petroleum jelly to bearing race.

SCIA5215E

Revision: 2006 November AT-318 2006 350Z


REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS

Direct Clutch NCS0009H

COMPONENTS A

AT

SCIA5046E G
1. Direct clutch drum 2. Driven plate 3. Retaining plate
4. Snap ring 5. Drive plate
H
DISASSEMBLY
1. Using a flat-bladed screwdriver, remove snap ring from direct
clutch drum.
I
2. Remove drive plates, driven plates and retaining plate from
direct clutch drum.

SCIA2868E

L
INSPECTION
● Check the following, and replace direct clutch assembly if necessary.
Direct Clutch Snap Ring M
● Check for deformation, fatigue or damage.
Direct Clutch Drive Plates
● Check facing for burns, cracks or damage.
Direct Clutch Retaining Plate and Driven Plates
● Check facing for burns, cracks or damage.

Revision: 2006 November AT-319 2006 350Z


REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS

ASSEMBLY
1. Install drive plates, driven plates and retaining plate in direct clutch drum.
CAUTION:
Take care with order of plates.
2. Using a flat-bladed screwdriver, install snap ring in direct clutch
drum.

SCIA2868E

Revision: 2006 November AT-320 2006 350Z


ASSEMBLY

ASSEMBLY PFP:00000
A
Assembly (1) NCS0009I

1. As shown in the right figure, use a drift [commercial service tool :


22 mm (0.87 in)dia] to drive manual shaft oil seals into the trans- B
mission case until it is flush.
CAUTION:
● Do not reuse manual shaft oil seals.
AT
● Apply ATF to manual shaft oil seals.

SCIA5259E

E
2. Install detent spring and spacer in transmission case.
: 7.9 N·m (0.81 kg-m, 70 in-lb)
F

H
SCIA5248E

3. Install manual shaft to transmission case.


I

SCIA5716E
L
4. Install parking rod to manual plate.

SCIA5220E

Revision: 2006 November AT-321 2006 350Z


ASSEMBLY

5. Install manual plate (with parking rod) to manual shaft.

SCIA5715E

6. Install retaining pin into the manual plate and manual shaft.
a. Fit pinhole of the manual plate to pinhole of the manual shaft with a pin punch.
b. Use a hammer to tap the retaining pin into the manual plate.
CAUTION:
● Do not reuse retaining pin.

● Drive retaining pin to 2±0.5 mm (0.08±0.020 in) over the


manual plate.

SCIA5297E

7. Install retaining pin into the transmission case and manual shaft.
a. Fit pinhole of the transmission case to pinhole of the manual shaft with a pin punch.
b. Use a hammer to tap the retaining pin into the transmission
case.
CAUTION:
● Do not reuse retaining pin.

● Drive retaining pin to 5±1 mm (0.20±0.04 in) over the


transmission case.

SCIA2427E

8. Install O-rings to servo assembly.


CAUTION:
● Do not reuse O-rings.

● Apply petroleum jelly to O-rings.

SCIA5719E

Revision: 2006 November AT-322 2006 350Z


ASSEMBLY

9. Install return spring to servo assembly.


A

AT

SCIA5717E

D
10. Install servo assembly in transmission case.

G
SCIA5679E

11. Using snap ring pliers, install snap ring to transmission case. H

SCIA2333E
K
12. Install D-rings in reverse brake piston.
CAUTION:
● Do not reuse D-rings.
L
● Apply ATF to D-rings.

SCIA5340E

13. Install reverse brake piston in transmission case.

SCIA2325E

Revision: 2006 November AT-323 2006 350Z


ASSEMBLY

14. Install needle bearing to drum support edge surface.


CAUTION:
● Take care with the direction of needle bearing. Refer to
AT-284, "Locations of Adjusting Shims, Needle Bearings,
Thrust Washers and Snap Rings" .
● Apply petroleum jelly to needle bearing.

SCIA2796E

15. Install seal rings to drum support.


CAUTION:
● Do not reuse seal rings.

● Apply petroleum jelly to seal rings.

SCIA3333E

16. Install spring retainer and return spring in transmission case.

SCIA2324E

17. Set the SST on spring retainer and install snap ring (fixing spring
retainer) in transmission case while compressing return spring.
CAUTION:
Securely assemble them using a flat-bladed screwdriver so
that snap ring tension is slightly weak.

SCIA5877E

Revision: 2006 November AT-324 2006 350Z


ASSEMBLY

18. Install reverse brake retaining plate, drive plates, driven plates
and dish plate in transmission case. A
CAUTION:
Take care with order of plates.
B

AT

G
SCIA5250E

19. Assemble N-spring.


H
20. Install reverse brake retaining plate in transmission case.

SCIA5249E

21. Install snap ring in transmission case.

SCIA2439E

Revision: 2006 November AT-325 2006 350Z


ASSEMBLY

22. Measure clearance between retaining plate and snap ring. If not
within specified clearance, select proper retaining plate.
Specified clearance “A”:
Standard: 0.7 - 1.1 mm (0.028 - 0.043 in)
Retaining plate:
Refer to AT-344, "Reverse Brake" .

SCIA3129E

23. Install needle bearing to transmission case.


CAUTION:
● Take care with the direction of needle bearing. Refer to
AT-284, "Locations of Adjusting Shims, Needle Bearings,
Thrust Washers and Snap Rings" .
● Apply petroleum jelly to needle bearing.

SCIA5031E

24. Install revolution sensor to transmission case.


CAUTION:
● Do not subject it to impact by dropping or hitting it.

● Do not disassemble.

● Do not allow metal filings, etc., to get on the sensor's


front edge magnetic area.
● Do not place in an area affected by magnetism.

: 5.8 N·m (0.59 kg-m, 51 in-lb)


SCIA2320E

25. As shown in the right figure, use a drift to drive rear oil seal into
the rear extension until it is flush.
CAUTION:
● Do not reuse rear oil seal.

● Apply ATF to rear oil seal.

SCIA5311E

26. Install return spring to parking pawl.

SCIA2445E

Revision: 2006 November AT-326 2006 350Z


ASSEMBLY

27. Install parking pawl (with return spring) and pawl shaft to rear
extension. A

AT

SCIA3424E

D
28. Install parking actuator support to rear extension.

G
SCIA3423E

29. Install needle bearing to rear extension. H


CAUTION:
● Take care with the direction of needle bearing. Refer to
AT-284, "Locations of Adjusting Shims, Needle Bearings,
Thrust Washers and Snap Rings" . I
● Apply petroleum jelly to needle bearing.

SCIA6021E
K
30. Install seal rings to output shaft.
CAUTION:
● Do not reuse seal rings.
L
● Apply petroleum jelly to seal rings.

SCIA5209E

31. Install parking gear to output shaft.

SCIA5247E

Revision: 2006 November AT-327 2006 350Z


ASSEMBLY

32. Install output shaft in transmission case.


CAUTION:
Be careful not to mistake front for rear because both sides
looks similar. (Thinner end is front side.)

SCIA5030E

33. Install bearing race to output shaft.

SCIA5245E

34. Apply recommended sealant (Genuine Anaerobic Liquid Gasket


or equivalent. Refer to GI-45, "Recommended Chemical Prod-
ucts and Sealants" .) to rear extension assembly as shown in
the figure.
CAUTION:
Completely remove all moisture, oil and old sealant, etc.
from the transmission case and rear extension assembly
mounting surfaces.

SCIA8228E

35. Install rear extension assembly to transmission case.


CAUTION:
Insert the tip of parking rod between the parking pawl and
the parking actuator support when assembling the rear
extension assembly.

SCIA5029E

36. Tighten rear extension assembly mounting bolts to specified


torque.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse self-sealing bolts.
Rear extension assembly mounting bolt:
: 52 N·m (5.3 kg-m, 38 ft-lb)
Self-sealing bolt:
: 61 N·m (6.2 kg-m, 45 ft-lb)
SCIA6941E

Revision: 2006 November AT-328 2006 350Z


ASSEMBLY

37. Install needle bearing in drum support.


A
CAUTION:
● Take care with the direction of needle bearing. Refer to
AT-284, "Locations of Adjusting Shims, Needle Bearings,
Thrust Washers and Snap Rings" . B
● Apply petroleum jelly to needle bearing.

AT

SCIA5198E
D
38. Install direct clutch assembly in reverse brake.
CAUTION:
Make sure that drum support edge surface and direct clutch E
inner boss edge surface come to almost same place.

G
SCIA5019E

39. Install high and low reverse clutch assembly in direct clutch. H

SCIA2306E K

40. Using a flat-bladed screwdriver, align the drive plate.


L

SCIA3169E

41. Install high and low reverse clutch hub, mid sun gear assembly
and rear sun gear assembly as a unit.

SCIA5018E

Revision: 2006 November AT-329 2006 350Z


ASSEMBLY

CAUTION:
Make sure that portion “A” of high and low reverse clutch
drum protrudes approximately 2 mm (0.08 in) beyond por-
tion “B” of rear sun gear.

SCIA3130E

42. Install needle bearing in rear carrier assembly.


CAUTION:
● Take care with the direction of needle bearing. Refer to
AT-284, "Locations of Adjusting Shims, Needle Bearings,
Thrust Washers and Snap Rings" .
● Apply petroleum jelly to needle bearing.

SCIA2803E

43. Install bearing race in rear carrier assembly.


CAUTION:
Apply petroleum jelly to bearing race.

SCIA5175E

44. Install rear carrier assembly in direct clutch drum.

SCIA2462E

Revision: 2006 November AT-330 2006 350Z


ASSEMBLY

45. Install needle bearing (rear side) to mid carrier assembly.


CAUTION: A
● Take care with the direction of needle bearing. Refer to
AT-284, "Locations of Adjusting Shims, Needle Bearings,
Thrust Washers and Snap Rings" . B
● Apply petroleum jelly to needle bearing.

AT

SCIA2804E

D
46. Install needle bearing (front side) to mid carrier assembly.
CAUTION:
● Take care with the direction of needle bearing. Refer to E
AT-284, "Locations of Adjusting Shims, Needle Bearings,
Thrust Washers and Snap Rings" .
● Apply petroleum jelly to needle bearing.
F

G
SCIA2805E

47. Install mid carrier assembly in rear carrier assembly. H

SCIA5017E
K
48. Install front carrier assembly, input clutch assembly and rear
internal gear as a unit.
L

SCIA5015E

49. Install seal rings in input clutch assembly.


CAUTION:
● Do not reuse seal rings.

● Apply petroleum jelly to seal rings.

SCIA2470E

Revision: 2006 November AT-331 2006 350Z


ASSEMBLY

50. Install band servo anchor end pin and lock nut in transmission
case.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse band servo anchor end pin.

SCIA6512E

51. Install brake band in transmission case.


CAUTION:
Assemble it so that identification to avoid incorrect installa-
tion faces servo side.

SCIA5498E

52. Install front sun gear to front carrier assembly.


CAUTION:
Apply ATF to front sun gear bearing and 3rd one-way clutch
end bearing.

SCIA5014E

53. Install needle bearing to front sun gear.


CAUTION:
● Take care with the direction of needle bearing. Refer to
AT-284, "Locations of Adjusting Shims, Needle Bearings,
Thrust Washers and Snap Rings" .
● Apply petroleum jelly to needle bearing.

SCIA2808E

54. Adjust brake band tilting using a clip so that brake band contacts
front sun gear drum evenly.

SCIA5033E

Revision: 2006 November AT-332 2006 350Z


ASSEMBLY

55. Adjust brake band.


A
a. Loosen lock nut.
b. Tighten band servo anchor end pin to specified torque.

: 5.0 N·m (0.51 kg-m, 44 in-lb) B

c. Back of band servo anchor end pin three turns.


d. Holding band servo anchor end pin, tighten lock nut to specified AT
torque.

: 46 N·m (4.7 kg-m, 34 ft-lb) SCIA5498E


D
Adjustment NCS0009J

TOTAL END PLAY


● Measure clearance between front sun gear and bearing race for E
oil pump cover.
● Select proper thickness of bearing race so that end play is within
specifications. F

SCIA2810E H

1. Measure dimensions “K” and “L” and then calculate dimension


“J”. I

SCIA7073E

L
a. Measure dimension “K”.

SCIA7074E

Revision: 2006 November AT-333 2006 350Z


ASSEMBLY

b. Measure dimension “L”.


c. Calculate dimension “J”.
“J”: Distance between oil pump fitting surface of
transmission case and needle bearing mating
surface of front sun gear.
J=K–L

SCIA5352E

2. Measure dimensions “M1 ” and “M2 ” and then calculate dimen-


sion “M”.

SCIA3125E

a. Place bearing race and needle bearing on oil pump assembly.

SCIA3124E

b. Measure dimension “M1 ”.

SCIA3126E

c. Measure dimension “M2 ”.

SCIA3127E

Revision: 2006 November AT-334 2006 350Z


ASSEMBLY

d. Calculate dimension “M”.


A
“M”: Distance between transmission case fitting
surface of oil pump and needle bearing on oil
pump.
B
M = M1 – M2

AT

SCIA3125E
D
3. Adjust total end play “T1 ”.
T1 = J – M
Total end play “T1 ”: E
0.25 - 0.55 mm (0.0098 - 0.0217 in)
● Select proper thickness of bearing race so that total end play F
is within specifications.
Bearing races: Refer to AT-344, "BEARING RACE
FOR ADJUSTING TOTAL END PLAY" . G
SCIA2810E

Assembly (2) NCS0009K


H
1. Install O-ring to oil pump assembly.
CAUTION:
● Do not reuse O-ring.
I
● Apply ATF to O-ring.

K
SCIA5172E

2. Install bearing race to oil pump assembly. L


CAUTION:
Apply petroleum jelly to bearing race.
M

SCIA6529E

Revision: 2006 November AT-335 2006 350Z


ASSEMBLY

3. Install oil pump assembly in transmission case.


CAUTION:
Apply ATF to oil pump bearing.

SCIA2811E

4. Apply recommended sealant (Genuine RTV Silicone Sealant or


equivalent. Refer to GI-45, "Recommended Chemical Products
and Sealants" .) to oil pump assembly as shown in the figure.
CAUTION:
Completely remove all moisture, oil and old sealant, etc.
from the oil pump mounting bolts and oil pump mounting
bolt mounting surfaces.

SCIA5321E

5. Tighten oil pump mounting bolts to specified torque.


CAUTION:
Apply ATF to oil pump bushing.
: 48 N·m (4.9 kg-m, 35 ft-lb)

SCIA2300E

6. Install O-ring to input clutch assembly.


CAUTION:
● Do not reuse O-ring.

● Apply ATF to O-ring.

SCIA5011E

7. Install converter housing to transmission case. Tighten con-


verter housing bolts (1) to the specified torque.
● : Bolt (8)
CAUTION:
Do not reuse self-sealing bolts (2).
Converter housing mounting bolt:
: 52 N·m (5.3 kg-m, 38 ft-lb)
Self-sealing bolt:
: 61 N·m (6.2 kg-m, 45 ft-lb) SCIA8029E

Revision: 2006 November AT-336 2006 350Z


ASSEMBLY

8. Make sure that brake band does not close turbine revolution
sensor hole. A

AT

SCIA5034E
D
9. Install control valve with TCM.
a. Connect TCM connector and park/neutral position switch con-
nector. E

G
SCIA5449E

b. Install A/T assembly harness connector from control valve with H


TCM.

SCIA5450E K

c. Connect TCM connectors.


L

SCIA5447E

d. Install O-ring to A/T assembly harness connector.


CAUTION:
● Do not reuse O-ring.

● Apply ATF to O-ring.

SCIA5155E

Revision: 2006 November AT-337 2006 350Z


ASSEMBLY

e. Install A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 to bracket.

SCIA5264E

f. Install A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 (with bracket) in control


valve with TCM.
CAUTION:
Adjust bolt hole of bracket to bolt hole of control valve.
: 7.9 N·m (0.81 kg-m, 70 in-lb)

SCIA5301E

g. Install control valve with TCM in transmission case.


CAUTION:
● Make sure that turbine revolution sensor securely installs
turbine revolution sensor hole.
● Hang down revolution sensor harness toward outside so
as not to disturb installation of control valve with TCM.
● Adjust A/T assembly harness connector of control valve
with TCM to terminal hole of transmission case.

SCIA5034E

● Assemble it so that manual valve cutout is engaged with


manual plate projection.

SCIA5035E

h. Install bolts (A), (B) and (C) to control valve with TCM.
● : Front

Revision: 2006 November AT-338 2006 350Z


ASSEMBLY

Bolt symbol Length mm (in) Number of bolts A


A 42 (1.65) 5
B 55 (2.17) 6
C 40 (1.57) 1 B

AT

SCIA8077E

D
i. Tighten bolt 1, 2 and 3 temporarily to prevent dislocation. After
that tighten them in order (1 → 2 → 3), and then tighten other
bolts.
E
● : Front

: 7.9 N·m (0.81 kg-m, 70 in-lb)


F

G
SCIA8078E

10. Connect A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 connector according to the following procedure.
H
a. Four terminal clips
i. Securely fasten terminal cord assembly and A/T fluid tempera-
ture sensor 2 harness with terminal clip ( ).
I
ii. Connect A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 connector (A).

K
SCIA8124E

b. Five terminal clips


L
i. Securely fasten terminal cord assembly and A/T fluid tempera-
ture sensor 2 harness with terminal clip.
ii. Connect A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 connector.
M

SCIA5446E

Revision: 2006 November AT-339 2006 350Z


ASSEMBLY

11. Connect revolution sensor connector.

SCIA7524E

12. Securely fasten revolution sensor harness with terminal clip.

SCIA7526E

13. Pull down A/T assembly harness connector.


CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage connector.

SCIA5299E

14. Install snap ring to A/T assembly harness connector.

SCIA5300E

15. Install magnets in oil pan.

SCIA5200E

Revision: 2006 November AT-340 2006 350Z


ASSEMBLY

16. Install oil pan to transmission case.


A
a. Install oil pan gasket to transmission case.
CAUTION:
● Do not reuse oil pan gasket.
B
● Install it in the direction to align hole positions.

● Completely remove all moisture, oil and old gasket, etc. from oil pan gasket mounting surface.

b. Install oil pan (3), clips (1) and brackets (2) to transmission case. AT
● : Front
● : Bolt (22)
D
● Drain plug (4)

CAUTION:
● Install it so that drain plug (4) comes to the position as
E
shown in the figure.
● Be careful not to pinch harnesses.

● Completely remove all moisture, oil and old gasket, etc.


F
from oil pan mounting surface. SCIA8070E

c. Tighten oil pan mounting bolts to the specified torque in numeri-


cal order shown in the figure after temporarily tightening them. G
CAUTION:
Do not reuse oil pan mounting bolts.
H
: 7.9 N·m (0.81 kg-m, 70 in-lb)
17. Install drain plug to oil pan.
CAUTION: I
Do not reuse drain plug gasket.
: 34 N·m (3.5 kg-m, 25 ft-lb) SCIA4113E
J
18. Install torque converter.
a. Pour ATF into torque converter.
K
● Approximately 2 liter (2-1/8 US qt, 1-3/4 Imp qt) of ATF is
required for a new torque converter.
● When reusing old torque converter, add the same amount
L
of ATF as was drained.

M
SAT428DA

b. Install torque converter while aligning notches of torque con-


verter with notches of oil pump.
CAUTION:
Install torque converter while rotating it.

SCIA5010E

Revision: 2006 November AT-341 2006 350Z


ASSEMBLY

c. Measure distance “A” to check that torque converter is in proper


position.
Distance “A”: 25.0 mm (0.98 in) or more

SCIA5694E

Revision: 2006 November AT-342 2006 350Z


SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) PFP:00030


A
General Specifications NCS0009L

Applied model VQ35DE engine


Automatic transmission model RE5R05A B
Transmission model code number 90X5C, 91X0A
Stall torque ratio 1.7: 1
AT
1st 3.540
2nd 2.264
3rd 1.471 D
Transmission gear ratio
4th 1.000
5th 0.834
E
Reverse 2.370
Recommended fluid Genuine NISSAN Matic J ATF*1
Fluid capacity 10.3 liter (10-7/8 US qt, 9-1/8 Imp qt) F
CAUTION:
● Use only Genuine NISSAN Matic J ATF. Do not mix with other fluid.

● Using ATF other than Genuine NISSAN Matic J ATF will cause deterioration in driveability and A/T durability, and may dam- G
age the A/T, which is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty.
*1: Refer to MA-12, "Fluids and Lubricants" .
H
Vehicle Speed at Which Gear Shifting Occurs NCS0009M

Vehicle speed km/h (MPH)


Throttle position
D1 →D2 D2 →D3 D3 →D4 D4 →D5 D5 →D4 D4 →D3 D3 →D2 D2 →D1 I
58 - 62 90 - 98 140 - 150 201 - 211 197 - 207 122 - 132 74 - 82 34 - 38
Full throttle
(36 - 39) (56 - 61) (87 - 93) (125 - 131) (122 - 129) (76 - 82) (46 - 51) (21 - 24)
46 - 50 72 - 78 108 - 116 136 - 144 89 - 97 64 - 72 30 - 36 11 - 15 J
Half throttle
(29 - 31) (45 - 48) (67 - 72) (85 - 89) (55 - 60) (40 - 45) (19 - 22) (7 - 9)

● At half throttle, the accelerator opening is 4/8 of the full opening.


K
Vehicle Speed at Which Lock-up Occurs/Releases NCS0009N

Vehicle speed km/h (MPH)


Throttle position L
Lock-up ON Lock-up OFF
Closed throttle 56 - 64 (35 - 40) 53 - 61 (33 - 38)
Half throttle 168 - 176 (104 - 109) 131 - 139 (81 - 86) M
● At closed throttle, the accelerator opening is less than 1/8 condition. (Closed throttle position signal: OFF)
● At half throttle, the accelerator opening is 4/8 of the full opening.
Stall Speed NCS0009O

Stall speed 2,650 - 2,950 rpm

Line Pressure NCS0009P

Line pressure kPa (kg/cm2 , psi)


Engine speed
“R” position “D”, “M” positions
At idle speed 425 - 465 (4.3 - 4.7, 62 - 67) 379 - 428 (3.9 - 4.4, 55 - 62)
At stall speed 1,605 - 1,950 (16.4 - 19.9, 233 - 283) 1,310 - 1,500 (13.4 - 15.3, 190 - 218)

Revision: 2006 November AT-343 2006 350Z


SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)

A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor NCS0009Q

Name Condition CONSULT-II “DATA MONITOR” (Approx.) Resistance (Approx.)


0°C (32°F) 3.3 V 15 kΩ
A/T fluid temperature sensor 1 20°C (68°F) 2.7 V 6.5 kΩ
80°C (176°F) 0.9 V 0.9 kΩ
0°C (32°F) 3.3 V 10 kΩ
A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 20°C (68°F) 2.5 V 4 kΩ
80°C (176°F) 0.7 V 0.5 kΩ

Turbine Revolution Sensor NCS0009R

Name Condition Data (Approx.)


Turbine revolution When running at 50 km/h (31 MPH) in 4th speed with the closed throttle position switch
sensor 1 OFF.
1.3 kHz
Turbine revolution When moving at 20 km/h (12 MPH) in 1st speed with the closed throttle position switch
sensor 2 OFF.

Vehicle Speed Sensor A/T (Revolution Sensor) NCS0009S

Name Condition Data (Approx.)


Revolution sensor When moving at 20 km/h (12 MPH). 185 Hz

Reverse Brake NCS0009T

Model code number 90X5C, 91X0A


Number of drive plates 6
Number of driven plates 6
Clearance mm (in) Standard 0.7 - 1.1(0.028 - 0.043)
Thickness mm (in) Part number*
4.2 (0.165) 31667 90X14
4.4 (0.173) 31667 90X15
Thickness of retaining plates 4.6 (0.181) 31667 90X16
4.8 (0.189) 31667 90X17
5.0 (0.197) 31667 90X18
5.2 (0.205) 31667 90X19
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.

Total End Play NCS0009U

Total end play mm (in) 0.25 - 0.55 (0.0098 - 0.0217)

BEARING RACE FOR ADJUSTING TOTAL END PLAY


Thickness mm (in) Part number*
1.2 (0.047) 31435 90X02
1.4 (0.055) 31435 90X03
1.6 (0.063) 31435 90X04
1.8 (0.071) 31435 90X05
2.0 (0.079) 31435 90X06
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.

Revision: 2006 November AT-344 2006 350Z

You might also like